PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS INC
S-1/A, 1996-01-16
COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
Previous: SEARS CREDIT ACCOUNT TRUST 1991-C, 424B3, 1996-01-16
Next: SEARS CREDIT ACCOUNT TRUST 1991-D, 8-K, 1996-01-16




<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 16, 1996
    
 
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-80731
    
________________________________________________________________________________
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                            ------------------------
 
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
                DELAWARE                                    7374                                   13-3624081
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF             (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                    (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)             CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                  IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 

                         ROUTE 230 AND EBY-CHIQUES ROAD
                          MT. JOY, PENNSYLVANIA 17552
                                 (717) 653-5340
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

                            ------------------------
 
                             HAMILTON F. POTTER III
       EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF OPERATING AND FINANCIAL OFFICER
                                  P.O. BOX 127
                        LANDISVILLE, PENNSYLVANIA 17538
                                 (717) 653-5340
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
                     SCOTT F. SMITH, ESQ.                  JOHN J. SCHUSTER, ESQ.
                    HOWARD, DARBY & LEVIN                 CAHILL GORDON & REINDEL
                 1330 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS                   80 PINE STREET
                   NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019               NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
 
     If this Form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If this Form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]
 
     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   PROPOSED
                                                                                   MAXIMUM            PROPOSED
                                                                                   OFFERING           MAXIMUM           AMOUNT OF
        TITLES OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                                          PRICE        AGGREGATE OFFERING    REGISTRATION
                 TO BE REGISTERED                     AMOUNT TO BE REGISTERED    PER SHARE(2)         PRICE(2)            FEE(3)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                        <C>             <C>                   <C>
Common Stock (par value $.001 per share)...........          3,450,000(1)            $ 11           $ 37,950,000         $ 13,086
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes 450,000 shares that the Underwriters have the option to purchase to
    cover over-allotments, if any.
    
(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the  amount  of   the
    registration  fee in  accordance with Rule  457 under the  Securities Act of
    1933, as amended.
   
(3) The registrant previously paid a filing  fee of $11,778 with respect to  the
    registration  of 3,105,000 shares of Common  Stock. The registrant is paying
    an additional  filing fee  of $1,308.00  to register  an additional  345,000
    shares of Common Stock.
    
                            ------------------------

     THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN FORM S-1                      CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                                      <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of
        Prospectus...........................................................  Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                                                 Pages of Prospectus
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to Fixed
        Charges..............................................................  Prospectus Summary; The Company; Risk
                                                                                 Factors
  4.  Use of Proceeds........................................................  Use of Proceeds; Business --
                                                                                 Acquisitions
  5.  Determination of Offering Price........................................  Underwriting
  6.  Dilution...............................................................  Dilution
  7.  Selling Security Holders...............................................  *
  8.  Plan of Distribution...................................................  Underwriting
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.............................  Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                                 Prospectus; Description of Capital
                                                                                 Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.................................  *
 11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant.............................  Outside Front Cover Page; The Company;
                                                                                 Risk Factors; Dividend Policy;
                                                                                 Capitalization; Selected Financial
                                                                                 and Pro Forma Data; Management's
                                                                                 Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                                 Condition and Results of Operations;
                                                                                 Business; Management; Principal
                                                                                 Stockholders; Certain Transactions;
                                                                                 Description of Capital Stock; Shares
                                                                                 Eligible for Future Sale; Financial
                                                                                 Statements
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities..........................................................  *
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
*  Item is inapplicable or response thereto is in the negative.



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 16, 1996
    
 
   
                                3,000,000 SHARES
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
 

[LOGO]

   
                            ------------------------
 
     All of  the 3,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock  offered hereby  are  being
offered  by  Physician Support  Systems, Inc.  (together  with its  wholly owned
subsidiaries 'PSS' or the 'Company').  Prior to this offering (the  'Offering'),
there  has been  no public  market for the  Common Stock  of the  Company. It is
currently anticipated that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock
will be between $9.00 and $11.00 per share. See 'Underwriting' for a  discussion
of  the  factors to  be considered  in determining  the initial  public offering
price. The Common  Stock has been  approved for quotation,  subject to  official
notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol 'PHSS.'
    
 
                            ------------------------
 

        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                        SEE 'RISK FACTORS' ON PAGES 6-8.

                            ------------------------
 

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS  THE
     SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF   THIS
         PROSPECTUS.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO              THE CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                UNDERWRITING
                                                           PRICE TO             DISCOUNTS AND           PROCEEDS TO
                                                            PUBLIC             COMMISSIONS(1)           COMPANY(2)
<S>                                                  <C>                    <C>                    <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share..........................................            $                      $                      $
Total(3)...........................................            $                      $                      $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 

(1)  The Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
     liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933, as
     amended. See 'Underwriting.'

 

(2)  Before deducting expenses, payable by the Company, estimated at $800,000.

 
   
(3)  The Company has  granted the Underwriters  a 30-day option  to purchase  an
     aggregate  of up to 450,000  additional shares of Common  Stock on the same
     terms and conditions as set forth above solely to cover over-allotments, if
     any. If  such option  is exercised  in  full, the  total Price  to  Public,
     Underwriting  Discounts  and Commissions  and Proceeds  to Company  will be
     $      , $      and $      , respectively. See 'Underwriting.'
    
 

                            ------------------------
     The shares of Common  Stock are offered by  the several Underwriters  named
herein,  subject to prior sale, when, as and  if accepted by them and subject to
certain conditions. The Underwriters  reserve the right  to withdraw, cancel  or
modify  such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
the certificates for the shares of  Common Stock will be available for  delivery
at  the offices of  Volpe, Welty &  Company, One Maritime  Plaza, San Francisco,
California, on or about                , 1996.

 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY

 

            The date of this Prospectus is                   , 1996.




INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION, OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 

 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                                     [Logo]
    
   
 
    
 
   
                                     [MAP]
    
   
 
    
 
   
                            ------------------------
     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH  TRANSACTIONS MAY  BE EFFECTED  ON THE  NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
    
 
                                       2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 
   
     The  following summary  is qualified in  its entirety by  the more detailed
information  and  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  Notes   thereto
appearing  elsewhere in  this Prospectus. Prospective  investors should consider
carefully the information discussed under 'Risk Factors.' Except as set forth in
the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  unless  otherwise  indicated,  all
information  in  this Prospectus  (i) has  been  adjusted to  give effect  to an
increase in  the number  of authorized  shares  of common  stock from  5,000  to
100,000,000 and a change in the par value of common stock from $.01 to $.001 per
share  (the 'Common  Stock'), to  be effective  prior to  the completion  of the
Offering, (ii) has been adjusted to  reflect the 1,400-for-one stock split  with
respect  to the Common Stock that will occur prior to completion of the Offering
and (iii) assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
    
 

                                  THE COMPANY

 

     PSS  is   a   leading  provider   of   business  management   services   to
hospital-affiliated  physicians in an array of practice settings, including solo
and group  practices,  independent  practice  associations  ('IPAs'),  specialty
networks and other affiliated-physician groups (such physicians and groups being
referred  to in this Prospectus as 'Physicians'). The Company offers its clients
a  broad  variety  of  business  management  services,  ranging  from   accounts
receivable  management to financial, administrative  and strategic support, data
management and information systems support. In addition, the Company employs its
proprietary technology and extensive  financial and patient encounter  databases
to  provide  a comprehensive  range  of managed  care  services to  its clients,
including contract review  and negotiation,  implementation and  administration,
thereby  enhancing  their  ability  to profitably  participate  in  managed care
systems. The Company's services enable Physicians to maintain their independence
and clinical autonomy  while maximizing  their reimbursement  and cashflow.  The
Company  believes that it is one of the largest providers of business management
services to Physicians.

 

     Physicians continue to experience increasing pressure on fees coupled  with
a  growing complexity  in obtaining  reimbursement from  third party  payors. In
addition, the growth  of managed care  has fostered the  need by Physicians  for
reliable health care resource utilization data, which is critical in every phase
of  the physician-payor relationship.  Given these and  other market forces, the
Company  believes  that  there  is  an  increasing  need  among  Physicians  for
sophisticated  business management services and  information systems provided on
an outsourced basis. The Company believes that the business management  services
industry  is highly  fragmented, with services  often provided  to physicians by
smaller accounts receivable management companies. These organizations are unable
to provide the  broad range of  services provided  by the Company  due to  their
limited  capital and management  resources and their  less comprehensive patient
encounter databases. The  Company believes  that, as managed  care becomes  more
prevalent,  and as physicians continue to demand greater sophistication, broader
product lines and higher  service levels, these  smaller service providers  will
find it increasingly difficult to compete.

 
   
     The  Company currently provides service to over 2,000 physicians, including
radiologists, anesthesiologists, pathologists and emergency room physicians,  as
well  as other specialists, many of whom  are affiliated with some form of group
practice, IPA  or  other specialty  network.  The Company  intends  to  continue
utilizing  its experience  in working with  Physicians in a  number of different
practice settings by acquiring and managing various types of specialty networks.
For example, the Company manages what it believes is the oldest and largest  IPA
in  the  United  States,  with  over  340  physicians.  In  addition,  with  its
acquisition of a Cleveland-based company,  planned to occur simultaneously  with
the  Offering,  the  Company  believes  that it  will  become  a  leader  in the
formation,  development  and  management  of  management  service  organizations
('MSOs').  For  its  services,  the  Company  generally  is  compensated  with a
management fee based upon  a percentage of its  clients' net collections,  which
percentage  is determined after considering a  broad range of factors, including
the medical  specialty of  the  client and  the nature  of  the services  to  be
provided.  As of November 30, 1995, the Company experienced client retention (as
measured by the  continuation of written  contracts in existence  at the end  of
1994) of approximately 95% of those clients to which it provided services at the
end of 1994.

     
                                       3
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     The  Company's strategy  is to build  upon its reputation  and expertise in
providing a  broad  range  of cost-effective,  value-added  business  management
services  to Physicians through internal growth and by acquisition. The specific
elements of  the  Company's strategy  include  (i)  providing a  high  level  of
customer  service on  a local  level while  utilizing cost-effective centralized
processing centers, (ii) offering an increasingly
broad array of value-added services, such as IPA and MSO services, that  address
the changing health care environment, (iii) continuing to focus on technological
means  of increasing Physician  revenue by expanding  and developing proprietary
software systems, patient encounter databases, statistical reporting systems and
electronic data interfaces,  (iv) expanding  geographically through  acquisition
opportunities  in  the  consolidating  physician  business  management  services
industry and (v) cross-selling its services to other medical specialties.
    
 
   
     The Company has  entered into  agreements to  acquire (the  'Acquisitions')
simultaneously  with the  Offering, three businesses,  one of  which consists of
three  affiliated  companies   (all  of  such   businesses  being  referred   to
collectively   as  the  'Acquired  Businesses'),  currently  providing  business
management services to Physicians. After giving effect to the Acquisitions,  the
total  number of physicians served  by the Company will  increase to over 2,500.
PSS believes  that  each  of  the  Acquired  Businesses  operates  in  a  manner
consistent   with  the  Company's  core  business  strategy  and  gives  it  the
opportunity to provide its services to Physicians in other regions of the United
States.
    
 

                                  THE OFFERING

 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company................  3,000,000 shares(1)
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering.........................................  5,240,000 shares(1)(2)
Use of proceeds....................................  Pending and future acquisitions; repayment of debt; redemption  of
                                                       preferred  stock;  working capital  and other  general corporate
                                                       purposes.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.............  PHSS
</TABLE>
    
 

- ------------

 
   
(1) Does not include up to an aggregate 450,000 shares of Common Stock that  may
    be  sold by the Company pursuant to the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
    See 'Underwriting.'
    
 
   
(2) Excludes 853,500 shares of Common  Stock reserved for future issuance  under
    the  Company's proposed stock option plan. It is anticipated that options to
    purchase up to  85,350 shares  of Common  Stock will  be granted  as of  the
    completion of the Offering. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
    
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
            SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               ------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                                               PRO FORMA                          PRO FORMA
                                                1992    1993(1)      1994       1994(2)       1994       1995      1995(2)
                                               ------   --------   --------   -----------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenue....................................... $  8,123    $ 13,080   $ 18,773     $26,897     $ 14,789   $ 14,631    $20,841
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages.......................    3,101       5,898      8,866      12,214        6,552      7,234     10,076
     General and administrative...............    2,021       4,291      6,723       9,349        5,121      5,020      6,748
     Depreciation and amortization............    1,781       2,566      3,349       4,134        2,522      2,549      3,126
                                                 ------    --------   --------   -----------   --------   --------   ---------
          Total operating expenses............    6,903      12,755     18,938      25,697       14,196     14,802     19,950
                                                 ------    --------   --------   -----------   --------   --------   ---------
Income (loss) from operations.................    1,221         325       (165)      1,200          593       (171)       891
Net income (loss)............................. $     16    $   (672)  $ (1,067)                $   (363)  $   (942)
                                                 ------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
                                                 ------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
Net (loss) per share.........................  $(114.98)   $(553.63)  $(811.27)                $(331.66)  $(713.30)
                                               --------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
                                               --------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
Weighted average shares outstanding.......... .   1,600       1,600      1,600                    1,600      1,600
                                               --------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
                                               --------    --------   --------                 --------   --------
Pro forma net income..........................                                  $   373                            $    96
                                                                              -----------                         ---------
                                                                              -----------                         ---------
Pro forma net income per share................                                  $   .07                            $   .02
                                                                              -----------                         ---------
                                                                              -----------                         ---------
 
Pro forma weighted average shares
  outstanding(3)..............................                                5,240,000                           5,240,000
                                                                              ---------                           ---------
                                                                              ---------                           ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                                                 ACTUAL     PRO FORMA(2)
                                                                                                 -------    ------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficiency)..................................................................   $(1,351)     $  4,296
Total assets..................................................................................    21,618        38,404
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion.................................................    15,463         6,749
Redeemable preferred stock....................................................................     2,382        --
Stockholder equity (deficiency)...............................................................    (3,429)       23,671
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The  results for  the year  ended December 31,  1993 include  the results of
    Spring Anesthesia  Group  from the  date  of acquisition,  August  1,  1993,
    through December 31, 1993.
 

(2) The  pro forma  data gives  effect to: (a)  the acquisition  of the Acquired
    Businesses (NCHC Group, MM Support and DPS)  and (b) the sale of the  shares
    of  Common  Stock offered  hereby and  the application  of the  net proceeds
    thereof as described in  'Use of Proceeds'  as if each  had occurred at  the
    beginning  of the periods presented. In  addition, the pro forma information
    is based on available information  and certain assumptions and  adjustments.
    See Notes 1 and 2 to the Pro Forma Financial Information.

 
   
(3) Weighted  average common  shares outstanding  includes (a)  2,240,000 shares
    outstanding  prior  to  the  offering   after  adjustment  to  reflect   the
    1,400-for-one  stock  split  which will  occur  prior to  completion  of the
    offering and  (b)  3,000,000  shares  being sold  in  connection  with  this
    Offering.  Weighted  average common  shares outstanding  do not  include any
    shares reserved  for  future issuance  under  the Company's  proposed  stock
    option plan.
    


 
                                       5

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

 

     The  following risk factors  should be considered  carefully in addition to
the other information in this Prospectus before purchasing the shares of  Common
Stock offered hereby.

 

     Absence  of  Combined  Operating  History  and  Future  Combined  Operating
Results. Simultaneously with the  completion of the  Offering, the Company  will
purchase  the Acquired Businesses. Although each  of the Acquired Businesses and
the Company have been in business for some time, there can be no assurance  that
the Company will be able to successfully integrate the businesses, operations or
assets of the Acquired Businesses or of any other businesses it may subsequently
acquire.  See 'Business  -- Acquired Businesses.'  Furthermore, there  can be no
assurance that  any  acquisitions will  not  have  an adverse  effect  upon  the
Company's  operating results,  particularly in  the fiscal  quarters immediately
following the  consummation of  the acquisitions,  while the  operations of  the
acquired businesses are being integrated into the Companys operations. There can
be  no assurance that,  following any acquisition,  the Company will  be able to
operate the acquired business on a profitable basis or that the Company will  be
able to recover the excess of the purchase price of the businesses acquired over
their tangible book value.

 

     Governmental   Regulation;   Billing   Practices.   Existing   governmental
regulation can adversely affect PSS's business through, among other things,  its
potential  to reduce the  amount of reimbursement received  by PSS's clients for
health care services. Substantially all of the Company's revenue is derived from
management fees that are  based upon a percentage  of net collections of  health
care  receivables. During  the past decade,  federal and  state governments have
implemented legislation designed  to stimulate  a reduction in  the increase  in
health  care costs and it is  anticipated that such legislative initiatives will
continue.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  current  or  future   government
regulations will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business.

 
   
     PSS  may also be subject to applicable federal and state billing and credit
collection agency  laws and  regulations.  In general,  these laws  provide  for
various   fines,  penalties,  damages  and  other  assessments  for  violations,
including possible exclusion from Medicare,  Medicaid and certain other  federal
and  state  health  care programs.  Since  the beginning  of  1995, governmental
agencies have instituted investigations  of, and actions  against, at least  two
industry  participants  for  improper billing  practices.  Although  the Company
believes that its billing practices  are in material compliance with  applicable
laws and government regulations, given the highly technical nature of this area,
there  can be  no assurance  that a  change in  government regulations, industry
practice or an  increased focus  by governmental agencies  on billing  practices
would not have a material adverse effect on the industry and the Company.
    
 

     Health  Care Reform.  Health care  system reform  and concerns  over rising
Medicare and Medicaid costs continue to  be high priorities for the federal  and
certain  state governments. Although  no comprehensive health  care, Medicare or
Medicaid reform legislation has yet been implemented, pressures to contain costs
and the  active discussion  and  issues raised  by the  Clinton  Administration,
Congress and various other groups have impacted the health care delivery system.
In  October 1995,  both the  U.S. House of  Representatives and  the U.S. Senate
approved bills  that would  reshape the  Medicare and  Medicaid programs.  These
complex  bills as currently passed propose significant reductions in the overall
rate of  Medicare  and Medicaid  spending  growth. There  is  active  discussion
concerning  these bills, and the  form of any final  legislation signed into law
could differ  significantly from  the  current bills.  The impact  of  currently
proposed  legislation on  the Company is  not readily  determinable. However, in
their current form, such legislation and proposals could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.

 

     Acquisitions; Need for Capital.  The Company's expansion strategy  involves
both  acquisitions and internal growth. There  can be no assurance that suitable
acquisition candidates will be found,  that acquisitions will be consummated  on
favorable  terms or that  any such acquisitions  will be successfully integrated
into  the  Company's   operations.  The  Company   intends  to  finance   future
acquisitions  by using cash  and debt or equity  securities, including shares of
its Common Stock. The Company will  need additional debt or equity financing  to
implement  its acquisition strategy. There can  be no assurance that the Company
will be able to obtain  financing for such purposes  on terms acceptable to  the
Company.  See 'Management's Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources.'

 

     Certain Industry and Market Changes.  Certain market changes are  occurring
in  the health care market that may continue regardless of whether comprehensive
federal or state health care reform  legislation is adopted and implemented  and
that could adversely affect the accounts receivable

 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
management  services  provided  by  PSS. These  market  reforms  include certain
employer initiatives, such as  creating purchasing cooperatives and  contracting
for health care services for employees through managed care companies (including
health   maintenance  organizations),  certain  provider  initiatives,  such  as
risk-sharing among  health care  providers and  managed care  companies  through
capitated   contracts  and   integration  of   hospitals  and   physicians  into
comprehensive delivery  systems,  and certain  payor  initiatives, such  as  new
alliances  between health  care providers  and third  party payors  in which the
health care providers are employed by such third party payors. These changes may
result in  fixed fee  schedules or  capitation payment  arrangements lower  than
standard  charges. Some  of these  changes may  affect the  viability of certain
billing and  collection  operations. Because  the  Company derives  its  revenue
largely  based  on the  fees  charged by  its  Physician clients,  reductions in
payments to Physicians could have an adverse affect on the Company's operations.
    
 

     Competition. The physician business management services business is  highly
competitive.  PSS competes with national,  regional and local physician business
management services organizations and Physicians that provide their own practice
management services. At least one of the Company's competitors has substantially
greater resources than PSS.

 
   
     Dependence on Senior  Management. The  Company's success  depends upon  the
continued   contributions   of   its   senior   management.   PSS   enters  into
confidentiality,  noncompete  and  non-solicitation  agreements  with  its   key
employees. In general, these agreements contain certain covenants on the part of
the key employees concerning confidential and proprietary information of PSS and
preclude  the key  employees from  soliciting customers  or employees  of PSS or
competing with PSS during a  period, typically two years, following  termination
of  employment. The Company  maintains 'key man' life  insurance policies on the
lives of two of its executive officers. These policies provide benefits of  $1.0
million upon the deaths of any insured executive officer and name the Company as
sole  beneficiary.  Nevertheless,  the  loss  of  services  of  either  of these
officers, or other employees of PSS,  could have a material adverse effect  upon
the Company's business.
    
 
   
     Shares  Eligible for  Future Sale. The  3,000,000 shares being  sold in the
Offering (without giving effect  to any exercise  of the over-allotment  option)
will  be  freely tradeable  unless acquired  by affiliates  of the  Company. The
market price of  the Common Stock  could be  adversely affected by  the sale  of
substantial  amounts of  the Common  Stock in  the public  market following this
Offering. Holders of  approximately 42.1% of  the shares of  Common Stock to  be
outstanding  immediately following completion of this  Offering (or 38.8% if the
over-allotment option is exercised in full) have agreed with the Company and the
Underwriters not to sell or otherwise dispose of any such shares of Common Stock
or securities convertible into or exercisable  for shares of Common Stock for  a
period  of 180 days after the date  of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of  the Representative  of  the Underwriters.  Upon expiration  of  this
period,  all  such shares  may  be sold  subject to  the  limitations of  and in
accordance with  Rule 144  under the  Securities Act.  In addition,  holders  of
approximately  42.7% of the shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately
following completion of the Offering (or  39.4% if the over-allotment option  is
exercised  in full)  have the  right to  include their  shares in  certain other
registrations of  the  Company's  capital stock.  See  'Description  of  Capital
Stock  -- Registration Rights.' The Company expects that it will issue shares of
Common Stock in connection with future acquisitions. Additional shares of Common
Stock, including  shares issuable  upon exercise  of options,  will also  become
eligible for sale in the public market from time to time in the future.
    
 
   
     Control   by  Existing  Stockholders;  Benefits  of  Offering  to  Existing
Stockholders. Following  this Offering,  the Company's  directors, officers  and
principal  stockholders, and certain of  their affiliates, will beneficially own
approximately 41.6% of the outstanding shares  of Common Stock (or 38.3% if  the
over-allotment  option is exercised in full), not including shares issuable upon
the exercise of options. As a result of such ownership, these stockholders  will
be  able to control the election of all directors and other actions submitted to
a vote  of the  Company's  stockholders. The  completion  of the  Offering  will
benefit  the current  stockholders of the  Company, including  its directors and
executive officers, by,  among other things,  creating a public  market for  the
Company's  Common  Stock  and  thereby  increasing  the  market  value  of  such
stockholders  investment  in   the  Company.  See   'Dilution'  and   'Principal
Stockholders.'
    
 

     Effect  of Anti-takeover  Provisions. Certain  provisions of  the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation (the 'Certificate of Incorporation') and the Bylaws
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to  acquire,
or  of discouraging  a third  party from attempting  to acquire,  control of the
Company. Such provisions could limit the  price that certain investors might  be
willing to pay in the

 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

future  for shares of  the Common Stock.  Certain of these  provisions allow the
Company to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of the Common Stock
without any further vote or action  by the stockholders. These provisions  could
also  have  the effect  of delaying  or preventing  a change  in control  of the
Company. The issuance of preferred stock  could decrease the amount of  earnings
and  assets available for distribution  to the holders of  Common Stock or could
adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the  holders
of  the Common  Stock. In  certain circumstances,  such issuance  could have the
effect of decreasing the market  price of the Common  Stock. The Company has  no
current  plans to issue shares  of preferred stock. In  addition, Section 203 of
the Delaware  General Corporation  Law restricts  certain business  combinations
with  any 'interested stockholder'  as defined by such  statute. The statute may
have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of  the
Company. See 'Description of Capital Stock.'

 
   
     Pursuant  to  the  Company's  proposed  1996  Stock  Option  Plan,  options
outstanding  thereunder  become  immediately  exercisable  upon  a  'change   in
control,'  including certain mergers or reorganizations,  of PSS. These terms of
the Stock  Option Plan  could adversely  affect the  likelihood of  a change  in
control of the Company. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
    
 

     No  Prior  Market;  Possible  Volatility  of  Stock  Price.  Prior  to this
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock and there can  be
no  assurance that an active public market  for the Common Stock will develop or
continue after this Offering or that the  market price of the Common Stock  will
not decline below the initial public offering price. The initial public offering
price of the Common Stock was determined by negotiations between the Company and
the  Representative of the Underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market
price for the Common Stock after  this Offering. See 'Underwriting' for  factors
to  be considered in determining the initial public offering price. From time to
time after this  Offering, there  may be  significant volatility  in the  market
price  of the Common Stock. Quarterly  operating results of the Company, changes
in general  conditions in  the economy  or the  health care  industry, or  other
developments  affecting the Company  or its competitors,  could cause the market
price of the Common Stock to  fluctuate substantially. The equity markets  have,
on  occasion, experienced  significant price  and volume  fluctuations that have
affected the market prices  for many companies' securities  and that have  often
been  unrelated to the  operating performance of  these companies. Concern about
the potential effects  of health  care reform  measures has  contributed to  the
volatility  of stock prices  of companies in health  care and related industries
and may similarly affect the price of the Common Stock following this  Offering.
Any  such  fluctuations that  occur following  completion  of this  Offering may
adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

 
   
     Immediate and Substantial Dilution. The purchasers of the shares of  Common
Stock  offered  by this  Prospectus  will experience  immediate  and substantial
dilution in the net  tangible book value  of their shares  of Common Stock.  See
'Dilution.'  In the event that the Company issues additional Common Stock in the
future,  including  shares  that  may  be  issued  in  connection  with   future
acquisitions, purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering may experience further
dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
    
 
   
     Dividend  Policy. For the foreseeable future, it is expected that earnings,
if any, which may be generated from PSS's operations will be used to finance the
growth of PSS, and  that cash dividends  will not be paid  to holders of  Common
Stock.  See 'Dividend Policy.' The Company's existing loan agreement, which will
be terminated upon completion of  the Offering, restricts the Company's  ability
to  pay dividends. In addition,  under the terms of  the Company's 10% Preferred
Stock, Series A  and Series B,  which will  be redeemed upon  completion of  the
Offering, the Company is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend on the
Common  Stock as long as any shares of such preferred stock are outstanding. The
Company currently is engaged in  negotiations with certain banks, including  its
existing  bank lender, to  provide a line of  credit primarily for acquisitions.
Although there can be no assurance that such an agreement will be entered  into,
the Company anticipates that any such agreement will restrict its ability to pay
dividends.
    
 

                                  THE COMPANY

 

     PSS  was formed in 1991 as the successor to a business founded in 1983. The
Company's principal executive offices are  located at Route 230 and  Eby-Chiques
Road, Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania 17552 and its telephone number is (717) 653-5340.

 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

 
   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered by this Prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and
expenses  payable by the Company in connection with this Offering, are estimated
to be approximately $27,100,000 ($31,285,000 if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) assuming an initial public offering price of $10.00
per share.
    
 
   
     Simultaneously with the  Offering, the Company  will purchase the  Acquired
Businesses  for  an  aggregate  consideration of  $11,500,000.  Of  that amount,
$9,500,000 is  payable upon  the  completion of  the Acquisitions.  The  Company
intends  to apply  $9,500,000 of  the net  proceeds of  the Offering  to pay the
initial amount of the  purchase price for the  Acquired Businesses and apply  an
aggregate  of $2,000,000 of the net proceeds  of the Offering to payments due in
connection with the  acquisition of one  of the Acquired  Businesses during  the
first  12 months following consummation of  the Offering. An additional $150,000
may be payable on the second anniversary of the Acquisitions in connection  with
the  purchase of  one of  the Acquired Businesses,  subject to  the retention of
clients.  For  a  further  description  of  the  Acquired  Businesses  and   the
consideration being given for them, see 'Business -- Acquired Businesses.'
    
 

     Approximately $11,100,000 of the net proceeds will be used to retire short-
and  long-term debt  outstanding of PSS.  Such debt currently  bears interest at
rates ranging from 6.64% to 13%, with a weighted average rate of 9.03% per annum
and otherwise would mature between August 31, 1997 and August 31, 1998.

 
   
     Approximately $2,932,000 of  the net proceeds  will be used  to redeem  the
Company's 10% Preferred Stock, Series A and Series B.
    
 
   
     The  remaining net proceeds of $1,568,000  will be used for working capital
and other  general corporate  purposes,  which are  expected to  include  future
acquisitions. In addition, the Company currently is engaged in negotiations with
certain  banks, including its existing bank lender,  to provide a line of credit
to be used primarily for acquisitions.  However, there can be no assurance  that
such a line of credit will be made available to the Company or made available on
favorable  terms. Although PSS currently is  engaged in discussions with several
acquisition candidates, no acquisition,  other than the Acquisitions,  currently
is  pending. Other  than the  Acquisitions, no portion  of the  proceeds of this
Offering have been allocated for any acquisition. Pending such uses, the Company
intends to invest  the net  proceeds of  this Offering  in short-term,  interest
bearing, investment grade securities.
    
 

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

 
   
     For the foreseeable future, it is expected that earnings, if any, which may
be generated from the Company's operations will be used to finance the growth of
PSS,  and that cash dividends  will not be paid to  holders of Common Stock. The
Company's existing loan agreement (which  will be terminated upon completion  of
the  Offering)  also  restricts  the  Company's  ability  to  pay  dividends. In
addition, under the  terms of the  Company's 10% Preferred  Stock, Series A  and
Series  B (which will be redeemed upon  completion of the Offering), the Company
is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend on the Common Stock as  long
as  any shares of such preferred stock are outstanding. Any future determination
to pay cash dividends on Common Stock will be at the discretion of the Board  of
Directors  and will be dependent upon the Company's financial condition, results
of operations,  capital requirements  and such  other factors  as the  Board  of
Directors  deems relevant. The Company currently is engaged in negotiations with
certain banks, including its existing bank  lender, to provide a line of  credit
primarily  for acquisitions. See 'Business  -- Acquisitions.' Although there can
be no  assurance  that such  an  agreement will  be  entered into,  the  Company
anticipates that any such agreement will restrict its ability to pay dividends.
    
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

 
   
     The  following  table  sets  forth the  capitalization  of  the  Company at
September 30, 1995,  (i) on an  actual basis and  (ii) on a  pro forma basis  to
reflect  (A) the repayment of approximately $11,100,000  of debt of PSS, (B) the
redemption of approximately  $2,382,000 in  the Company's  10% Preferred  Stock,
Series  A and Series B (which excludes  the redemption of an additional $550,000
in the Company's Preferred Stock, Series  A, that was issued in December  1995),
and  (C) the  sale by  the Company of  3,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock in the
Offering (at an assumed initial public  offering price of $10.00 per share)  and
the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                                      -------------------------
                                                                                      ACTUAL          PRO FORMA
                                                                                      -------         ---------
                                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>
Current portion of long-term debt.............................................        $ 1,995          $ --
 
NCHC Deferred Purchase Payment -- Current(1)..................................          --               2,000
 
Bank debt.....................................................................          3,894            --
Subordinated notes............................................................         10,331            5,500
                                                                                      -------         ---------
  Total long-term debt(2).....................................................         14,225            5,500
 
Redeemable Preferred Stock:
10% Preferred Stock, Series A, $.01 par value, 4,700 shares authorized and
  2,382.032 shares outstanding prior to Offering(3)...........................          1,191            --
 
10% Preferred Stock, Series B, $.01 par value, 3,200 shares authorized and
  2,382.032 shares outstanding prior to Offering..............................          1,191            --
 
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized after Offering
  and no shares outstanding...................................................          --               --
 
Common Stock, $.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,240,000 shares
  outstanding, 5,240,000 shares outstanding Pro Forma(4)......................              2                5
 
Additional paid-in capital....................................................            126           27,223
 
Retained earnings/(Deficit)...................................................         (3,557)          (3,557)
                                                                                      -------         ---------
 
Total stockholders' equity....................................................         (3,429)          23,671
                                                                                      -------         ---------
 
Total capitalization..........................................................        $15,173          $31,170
                                                                                      -------         ---------
                                                                                      -------         ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
- ------------
    

(1) Represents  the balance of the purchase price for the NCHC Group, payable in
    12 monthly installments after consummation of the Offering.


(2) Following completion  of the  Offering, the  Company's long-term  debt  will
    consist of a 7.1% subordinated note due 2003.

   
(3) Excludes  1,100 shares of 10% Preferred  Stock, Series A, issued in December
    1995 to Hillside Capital  Incorporated, a record holder  of more than 5%  of
    the  Common Stock,  in consideration for  an aggregate of  $550,000 in cash.
    Such shares will be  redeemed for approximately $550,000  with a portion  of
    the net proceeds of the Offering.
    
   
(4) Excludes  853,500 shares of Common Stock  reserved for future issuance under
    the Company's proposed stock option plan. It is anticipated that options  to
    purchase  up  to  85,350  shares  of Common  Stock  will  be  granted  as of
    completion of the Offering. See 'Management -- Stock Option Plan.'
    
 
                                       10
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

 
   
     The net tangible  book value of  the Company  at September 30,  1995 was  a
deficiency of approximately $(15,917,286), or $(7.11) per share of Common Stock.
Net  tangible book value  per share represents  the amount of  the Company's net
tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at that date. After giving effect to the sale of the 3,000,000
shares of Common  Stock offered  hereby at  an assumed  initial public  offering
price  of  $10.00  per share,  and  after deducting  underwriting  discounts and
commissions  and  estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  the
Company's  pro forma net  tangible book value  at September 30,  1995 would have
been $1,218,714 or $0.23 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the
net tangible  book value  of $7.34  per share  to existing  stockholders and  an
immediate dilution of $9.77 per share to new investors purchasing shares in this
Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share............                $10.00
Net tangible book deficiency per share at September 30,
  1995.....................................................   $(7.11)
                                                              ------
Increase per share attributable to new investors...........   $ 7.34
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
  Offering.................................................                  0.23
                                                                           ------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new
  investors................................................                $ 9.77
                                                                           ------
                                                                           ------
</TABLE>
    
 

     The  following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  as of September 30,
1995, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid  and  the  average  price per  share  paid  by  the  existing
stockholders  and by  the new  investors at  an assumed  initial public offering
price of $10.00 per share:

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                     ----------------------      ------------------------      AVERAGE PRICE
                      NUMBER        PERCENT        AMOUNT         PERCENT        PER SHARE
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------      -------------
<S>                  <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Existing
  Stockholders...    2,240,000        42.7%      $   128,000         0.4%         $  0.06
 
New Investors....    3,000,000        57.3        30,000,000        99.6            10.00
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
 
Total............    5,240,000       100.0%      $30,128,000       100.0%
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
                     ---------      -------      -----------      -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
   
     The  Company  was  formed  in August  1991.  Financial  statements  for the
Company's predecessor are not available for periods or as of dates before August
1991. The Selected Financial Data for each of the periods and as of each  period
end in the three-year period ended December 31, 1994 and nine-month period ended
September  30, 1995 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements
of the Company  audited by Deloitte  & Touche LLP,  independent auditors,  which
appear  elsewhere in this  Prospectus. The Selected Financial  Data for the nine
months ended  September 30,  1994  have been  derived from  unaudited  financial
statements  of the Company  included elsewhere in  this Prospectus. The Selected
Financial Data for the four months ended  and as of December 31, 1991 have  been
derived  from  unaudited  financial  statements  of  the  Company  not  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. These  unaudited statements have been prepared  on
the  same basis  as the  audited consolidated  financial statements  and, in the
opinion of  management,  contain  all adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal
recurring  accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position
and results of operations for the  periods presented. Operating results for  the
nine  months  ended September  30, 1995  are not  necessarily indicative  of the
results that may be expected for the entire year.
    
 
   
     The selected unaudited  pro forma  financial data  give effect  to (i)  the
acquisitions  by the Company of the Acquired Businesses (North Coast Health Care
Management, Inc., North Coast Account Systems, Inc. and Medical Dental Invoicing
Services, Inc.  (collectively, the  'NCHC Group'),  Medical Management  Support,
Inc.  ('MM Support') and  Data Processing Systems,  Inc. ('DPS')) effective upon
the completion of this Offering and (ii) the sale of 3,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock  offered by  the Company  at an assumed  initial public  offering price of
$10.00 per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom  as
described  under  'Use of  Proceeds'.  The acquisitions  of  the NCHC  Group, MM
Support and DPS  will be  accounted for as  purchases. The  unaudited pro  forma
financial information is derived from the historical financial statements of the
Company,  the NCHC Group, MM  Support and DPS and  estimates and assumptions set
forth in  the  unaudited  Pro  Forma Financial  Information  and  notes  thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
     The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the acquisitions
by the Company of the NCHC Group, MM Support and DPS as if such acquisitions had
occurred  on September 30,  1995. Such pro  forma balance sheet  data is derived
from the audited consolidated balance sheet data of the Company as of  September
30,  1995, included elsewhere in this Prospectus, as well as the audited balance
sheets of the  NCHC Group  and MM  Support as  of September  30, 1995,  included
elsewhere  in this  Prospectus, and  the unaudited  balance sheet  of DPS  as of
September 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     The unaudited pro forma income  statement data present unaudited pro  forma
results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 and nine months ended
September  30, 1995.  For purposes of  the unaudited pro  forma income statement
data, the acquisitions by the Company of the Acquired Businesses are included as
if such acquisitions had  occurred on January 1,  1994. The unaudited pro  forma
income  statement data for the year ended  December 31, 1994 is derived from the
audited consolidated statement of operations of  the Company for the year  ended
December  31, 1994 and the audited statements of operations of NCHC Group and MM
Support for  the  year  ended  December 31,  1994  included  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus,  as well as  the unaudited statements  of operations of  DPS for the
year ended December 31, 1994. The unaudited pro forma income statement data  for
the   nine  months  ended  September  30,  1995  is  derived  from  the  audited
consolidated income statement  data of  the Company  for the  nine months  ended
September 30, 1995 and the audited statements of operations of NCHC Group and MM
Support  for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 included elsewhere in this
Prospectus and the unaudited statement of operations of DPS for the nine  months
ended September 30, 1995.
    
 
     Pro  forma  adjustments  are based  upon  preliminary  estimates, available
information and  certain  assumptions  that management  deems  appropriate.  The
unaudited  pro  forma  financial  data  presented  herein  are  not  necessarily
indicative of  the results  the  Company would  have  obtained had  such  events
occurred at the beginning of the period, as assumed, or of the future results of
the  Company. The selected unaudited pro forma  financial data should be read in
conjunction with  the  other financial  statements  and notes  thereto  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND PRO FORMA DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                       FOUR MONTHS                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                          ENDED        ---------------------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                       DECEMBER 31,                                       PRO FORMA                             PRO FORMA
                           1991         1992     1993(1)       1994        1994(2)        1994        1995       1995(2)
                       ------------    ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
<S>                    <C>             <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
Income statement
  data:
Revenue.............      $2,474      $  8,123    $ 13,080    $ 18,773      $26,897      $ 14,789    $ 14,631     $20,841
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and
       wages........         909         3,101       5,898       8,866       12,214         6,552       7,234      10,076
     General and
    administrative..         597         2,021       4,291       6,723        9,349         5,121       5,020       6,748
     Depreciation
       and
     amortization...         562         1,781       2,566       3,349        4,134         2,522       2,549       3,126
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
          Total
           operating
         expenses...       2,068         6,903      12,755      18,938       25,697        14,196      14,802      19,950
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
Income (loss) from
  operations........         406         1,221         325        (165)       1,200           593        (171)        891
Other expenses:
     Interest
       expense......         370         1,043       1,262       1,526          502         1,149       1,059         357
     Other, net.....      --               (10)         38         186          176           189          (3)         34
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
          Total
            other
         expenses...         370         1,033       1,300       1,712          678         1,338       1,056         391
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit).........          36           187        (975)     (1,877)         522          (745)     (1,227)        500
Income taxes
  (benefit).........          40           171        (303)       (810)         149          (382)       (286)        404
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------    -----------    --------    --------    ---------
Net income (loss)...      $   (4)     $     16    $   (672)   $ (1,067)                  $   (363)   $   (942)
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
                       ------------     ------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
Net   (loss)
  per share.........                  $(114.98)    (553.63)   $(811.27)                  $(331.66)   $(713.30)
                                      --------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
                                      --------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
Weighted average
  shares
  outstanding.......                     1,600       1,600       1,600                      1,600       1,600
                                        ------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
                                        ------    --------    --------                   --------    --------
Pro forma net income
  (loss)............                                                        $   373                                $    96
                                                                          -----------                            ---------
                                                                          -----------                            ---------
Pro forma net income
  (loss) per
  share.............                                                        $   .07                                $   .02
                                                                          -----------                            ---------
                                                                          -----------                            ---------
Pro forma weighted
  average shares
  outstanding(3)....                                                      5,240,000                              5,240,000
                                                                          ---------                              ---------
                                                                          ---------                              ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       DECEMBER 31,                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                       --------------------------------------------    ---------------------------
                          1991         1992       1993       1994        ACTUAL       PRO FORMA(2)
                       -----------    -------    -------    -------    -----------    ------------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                    <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Balance sheet data:
     Working
       capital......     $   484      $   362    $   305    $  (218)     $(1,351)       $  4,296
     Property and
       equipment,
       net..........       2,134        1,952      3,512      2,983        2,578           2,965
     Total assets...      13,688       13,951     25,768     22,733       21,618          38,404
     Long-term
       liabilities,
       net of
       current
       portion......       9,125        9,001     19,394     17,143       15,463           6,749
     Redeemable
       preferred
       stock........       2,000        2,000      2,000      2,120        2,382          --
     Stockholder
       equity
     (deficiency)...         124          (60)      (932)    (2,226)      (3,429)         23,671
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The  results for  the year  ended December 31,  1993 include  the results of
    Spring Anesthesia  Group  from the  date  of acquisition,  August  1,  1993,
    through December 31, 1993.
 
(2) The  pro forma data gives  effect to: (a) the  acquisition of NCHC Group, MM
    Support and DPS  and (b)  the sale  of the  shares of  Common Stock  offered
    hereby  and the application of the net proceeds thereof as described in 'Use
    of Proceeds'  as  if each  had  occurred at  the  beginning of  the  periods
    presented.  In addition,  the pro  forma information  is based  on available
    information and certain assumptions  and adjustments. See Notes  1 and 2  to
    the Pro Forma Financial Statements.
 
   
(3) Weighted  average common  shares outstanding  includes (a)  2,240,000 shares
    outstanding  prior  to  the  offering   after  adjustment  to  reflect   the
    1,400-for-one  stock  split  which will  occur  prior to  completion  of the
    offering and  (b)  3,000,000  shares  being sold  in  connection  with  this
    offering.  Weighted  average common  shares outstanding  do not  include any
    shares reserved  for  future issuance  under  the Company's  proposed  stock
    option plan.
    


 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 
   
     The  following  discussion  of  the  results  of  operations  and financial
condition of  the Company  should  be read  in  conjunction with  the  Company's
unaudited  pro forma financial information  and the audited financial statements
and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 

OVERVIEW

 

     The Company  is  a leading  provider  of business  management  services  to
hospital-affiliated  physicians. The Company was incorporated in August 1991 for
the purpose of acquiring substantially all  of the assets of a business  founded
in  1983. In August 1993,  the Company purchased the  stock of Spring Anesthesia
Group, Inc. ('Spring'), a provider of business management services to physicians
primarily in California and Arizona. The Company generally is compensated with a
management fee based upon a percentage of its clients' net collections.

 

     The Company has entered into agreements to acquire the Acquired  Businesses
simultaneously  with the  completion of  the Offering.  The pro  forma financial
statements give effect to  (i) the Acquisitions by  the Company of the  Acquired
Businesses, (ii) the sale of shares of Common Stock offered hereby and (iii) the
application  of the proceeds therefrom as described under 'Use of Proceeds.' Pro
forma results for the  year ended December  31, 1994 and  the nine months  ended
September 30, 1995 assume the Acquisitions occurred on January 1, 1994.

 

     To date, the Company's consolidated financial statements have accounted for
acquisitions  on a purchase basis and, accordingly, do not reflect the operating
results of  the  businesses  that were  acquired  prior  to the  date  of  their
acquisition by the Company. The purchase of the Acquired Businesses also will be
accounted for on this basis. This accounting treatment results in goodwill being
recorded  by  the  Company  at  the  time  of  each  transaction  reflecting the
difference between the market value of  the assets acquired and the price  paid,
which  is amortized  over 20  years. A  significant portion  of the amortization
unrelated to goodwill, but associated with the purchase accounting in connection
with the Company's  acquisition in 1991,  will be fully  amortized as of  August
1996. In connection with the acquisition of the Acquired Businesses, the Company
will record a significant amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, which
will be amortized over future periods.

 
   
     As  a result  of the  purchase of Spring  in 1993,  the Company's operating
margins were reduced due primarily to Spring's lower margins as compared to PSS.
Furthermore,  with  the  acquisition  of  Spring,  the  Company  established   a
$2,000,000  reserve  for the  relocation, consolidation  and improvement  of the
Spring operations. Such reserve  was an estimate of  the costs of  consolidating
operations  of the Spring billing offices into  one new location in a lower cost
area and  modifying  the operating  approach  to  include elements  of  the  PSS
methodology.  In addition,  the Company's operating  income margins  in 1994 and
1995 were  negatively affected  by the  reorganization of  Spring due  to  costs
incurred  by the Company  not included in the  operating improvement reserve. As
part of that  reorganization, the  Company closed 11  offices, maintained  three
offices  and  opened a  new centralized  office  in Stockton,  California, which
became Spring's headquarters.  Operating income  margins in 1994  and 1995  also
reflect certain operational and sales and marketing initiatives launched in 1994
and  1995, which adversely  affected total Company  operating income margins. In
addition, the Company  believes that  the uncertainty  in the  marketplace as  a
result  of  the Clinton  Administration's  1993 health  care  reform discussions
influenced a number of physician  groups to postpone making decisions  regarding
their business management services in 1993, which continued into 1994.
    
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

     The  following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the percentages
of net  revenues  represented  by  certain  items  reflected  in  the  Company's
statement of operations.

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUES
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        30,
                                            -------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                                                          1994                            1995
                                            1992      1993      1994    PRO FORMA     1994      1995    PRO FORMA
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>       <C>     <C>
Net revenues............................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%      100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
Salaries, general and administrative
  expenses..............................     63.0      77.9      83.0      80.2        78.9      83.7      80.7
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Income before interest, taxes,
  depreciation and amortization.........     37.0      22.1      17.0      19.8        21.1      16.3      19.3
Depreciation and amortization...........     21.9      19.6      17.8      15.4        17.1      17.4      15.0
Interest expense, net...................     12.8       9.6       8.1       1.9         7.8       7.3       1.7
Other, net..............................     --         0.4       1.1       0.6         1.2      --         0.3
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (benefit).............................      2.3      (7.5)    (10.0)      1.9        (5.0)     (8.4)      2.3
Income taxes, (benefit).................      2.1      (2.3)     (4.3)      0.5        (2.6)     (2.0)      1.9
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
Net income (loss).......................      0.2%     (5.1)%    (5.7)%     1.4%       (2.4)%    (6.4)%     0.4%
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
                                            -----     -----     -----   ---------     -----     -----   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 

REVENUES

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994

 

     The  Company's revenues  increased 61% from  $8,123,000 for  the year ended
December 31, 1992 to $13,080,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993.  Revenues
in  1994 increased 44% from 1993 to  $18,773,000 for the year ended December 31,
1994. The Company generally  is compensated with a  management fee based upon  a
percentage of its clients' net collections, which percentage is determined after
considering  a broad  range of factors,  including the medical  specialty of the
client and the  nature of the  services to be  provided. The Company's  revenues
increased  during 1993  and 1994 due  primarily to the  Company's acquisition of
Spring in August 1993.

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995

 

     For the nine months  ended September 30,  1994, revenues were  $14,789,000.
Revenues  declined 1% from the first nine  months in 1994 to $14,631,000 for the
nine months ended September 30, 1995 as  a result of a general reduction in  the
average  management  fee  charged  by the  Company.  This  reduction  offset the
positive impact of new clients that began doing business with the Company during
the first nine months of 1995.

 

PRO FORMA

 
   
     The Company's actual revenues  of $18,773,000 for  the year ended  December
31, 1994 increase 43% on a pro forma basis to $26,897,000 after giving effect to
the Acquisitions. The increase is due to the additional revenues of the Acquired
Business  reflected in the pro forma results. Historical revenues of $14,631,000
for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 also increase 42% to $20,841,000 on
a pro  forma basis.  The  increase is  due to  the  additional revenues  of  the
Acquired Businesses reflected in the pro forma results.
    
 

SALARIES AND WAGES; GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994

 

     Salaries  and wages consist  of all wages  and other employee compensation.
Salaries and wages increased 90% from $3,101,000 for the year ended December 31,
1992 to $5,898,000 for the year ended

 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

December 31, 1993. Salaries and wages increased 50% from 1993 to $8,866,000  for
the  year ended  December 31,  1994. Salaries  and wages  increased during these
periods due to  the increase in  the Company's total  personnel from the  Spring
acquisition.   These   increases  further   reflect  increased   salary  expense
attributable to the addition of staff throughout the Company and an increase  in
the sales force and client representatives at Spring. In addition, the Company's
salary expense increased during these periods as the Company increased its level
of  service, broadened the types of  medical specialties served and expanded its
business beyond its original base in the Middle Atlantic states.

 

     General and administrative expenses increased 112% from $2,021,000 for  the
year ended December 31, 1992 to $4,291,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993.
These  expenses increased  by 57%  from 1993  to $6,723,000  for the  year ended
December 31, 1994. These  increases are due to  the reasons described above  for
increases in salaries and wages during the same periods.

 

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995

 

     Salaries  and wages increased 10% from $6,552,000 for the nine month period
ended September 30, 1994 to $7,234,000  for the nine months ended September  30,
1995.  This increase was caused by greater processing volume due to the addition
of  clients  and  increased  service   requirements  of  clients.  General   and
administrative  expenses declined 2%  from $5,121,000 for  the nine months ended
September 30,  1994  to  $5,020,000  for the  corresponding  1995  period.  This
decrease  was due in large  part to the consolidation  of the Spring operations.
The Company  has made  significant, and  expects to  continue to  make  certain,
operating expenditures, including investments in systems and technology in order
to  improve  its  operating efficiencies  and  enhance its  services  offered to
clients.

 

PRO FORMA

 
   
     The Company's salaries and wages of $8,866,000 for the year ended  December
31,  1994 increase 39% to $12,214,000 on a  pro forma basis. For the nine months
ended September 30, 1995, wages and salaries increase by 39% from $7,234,000  on
a  historical basis to $10,076,000 on a pro forma basis. These increases reflect
the personnel gained  with the Acquired  Businesses. General and  administrative
expenses  also increase 39% from $6,723,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994
to $9,349,000 on a pro forma basis  for the year ended December 31, 1994.  These
expenses  also increase 34%  for the nine  months ended September  30, 1995 from
$5,020,000 on  a historical  basis to  $6,748,000 on  a pro  forma basis.  These
increases  reflect the additional general and administrative expenses associated
with the Acquired Businesses.
    
 

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION; INTEREST EXPENSE, OTHER (NET) AND INCOME TAXES

 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
 
   
     The Company's depreciation and  amortization increased 44% from  $1,781,000
for  the year ended December 31, 1992  to $2,566,000 for the year ended December
31, 1993 and 31% from 1993 to  $3,349,000 for the year ended December 31,  1994.
These  increases  were due  largely  to the  higher  levels of  depreciation and
amortization associated  with the  acquisition  of Spring  in August  1993.  The
Company's  interest expense  represents its  cost of  borrowings, net  of earned
interest income. The Company's other expenses consist of losses on  dispositions
of  equipment and other miscellaneous expense  items. The Company's interest and
other expenses increased by 26% from $1,033,000 for the year ended December  31,
1992  to $1,300,000 for  the year ended  December 31, 1993.  These expenses also
increased 32% from  1993 to  $1,712,000 for the  year ended  December 31,  1994.
These  increases were  due primarily to  the additional debt  incurred in August
1993 in connection with the Company's acquisition of Spring. Due to the  charges
for  depreciation and  amortization resulting  from purchase  accounting for the
Company's acquisitions, the  Company has paid  no federal income  taxes and  has
generated  income tax benefits of  $303,000 in the year  ended December 31, 1993
and $810,000 in the year ended December 31, 1994.
    
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 1994 AND 1995

 

     The Company's depreciation  and amortization increased  1% from  $2,522,000
for  the nine months ended September 30,  1994 to $2,549,000 for the nine months
ended September 31,  1995. This increase  was due primarily  to the purchase  of
additional  equipment,  furniture  and  leasehold  improvements.  The  Company's
interest and other expenses declined by 21% from $1,338,000 for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1994 to $1,056,000 for  the nine months ended September 30,
1995. This decline was due to the decrease in debt of the Company resulting from
certain scheduled repayments of debt. The Company's income tax benefit decreased
from $382,000 for the nine months ended  September 30, 1994 to $286,000 for  the
corresponding  1995 period. This decrease was  primarily due to the inclusion in
the tax benefit in the nine months ended September 1994 of a change in the state
tax law  allowing previously  disallowed  prior year  state net  operating  loss
deductions with no corresponding item in the nine months ended September 1995.

 

PRO FORMA

 
   
     On  a pro forma basis, the  Company's depreciation and amortization for the
year ended December 31, 1994 increases 23% from $3,349,000 on a historical basis
to $4,134,000. The Company's depreciation  and amortization for the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1995 of $2,549,000 also increases by 23% to $3,126,000 on a
pro  forma  basis.  These  increases  are  due  largely  to  higher  levels   of
depreciation  and amortization associated  with the acquisition  of the Acquired
Businesses.
    
 
   
     The Company's interest and other expenses  for the year ended December  31,
1994  of $1,712,000 on  a historical basis decline  by 60% to  $678,000 on a pro
forma basis. The  Company's interest and  other expenses of  $1,056,000 for  the
nine  months ended September 30,  1995 also decline by 63%  to $391,000 on a pro
forma basis due to the reduced interest expense resulting from the repayment  of
debt  upon completion of the Offering. After  giving effect to the Offering, the
Company's income tax benefit would be  reduced from $810,000 for the year  ended
December  31, 1994 to an income tax expense of $149,000 on a pro forma basis. On
a pro forma basis, the Company's income  tax expense changes from an income  tax
benefit  of $286,000 to  an income tax  expense of $403,000  for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995. This increase in tax expense is attributable primarily
to the factors described above.
    
 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994

 
   
     The Company's net income declined from $16,000 for the year ended  December
31, 1992 to a loss of $672,000 for the year ended December 31, 1993 and declined
59%  from 1993 to a loss of $1,067,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The
changes (losses) in net income  resulted principally from the matters  discussed
above.
    
 

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995

 
   
     The  Company's net  loss increased 159%  from $363,000 for  the nine months
ended September 30,  1994 to $942,000  for the nine  months ended September  30,
1995.  This  increase was  due to  the management  fee reductions  and operating
expense increases  outlined above,  which were  largely in  connection with  the
acquisition  of Spring while  its operations were  being consolidated into three
offices and one centralized processing facility.
    
 

PRO FORMA

 
   
     The Company's net income for the year ended December 31, 1994 increases  by
$1,440,000  from the Company's actual net loss  of $1,067,000 to $373,000 of net
income on a  pro forma  basis. The  Company's pro forma  net loss  for the  nine
months  ended  September  30, 1995  also  would  be reduced  from  the Company's
historical nine-month loss of $942,000 to net  income of $96,000 on a pro  forma
basis.  These  decreases  in the  net  loss  primarily are  attributable  to the
additional revenues generated by the Acquired Businesses.
    
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

     Since its  inception  in 1991,  the  Company has  financed  its  operations
through  the sale of equity securities, borrowings under credit arrangements and
internally generated funds.

 
   
     The  Company's  operating  activities  provided  net  cash  of  $1,375,000,
$1,685,000  and $1,946,000 for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994,
respectively. Net cash of $1,194,000 and $52,000 was generated by the  Company's
operating  activities during the nine months  ended September 30, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.
    
 
   
     At September 30,  1995, the  Company had  a working  capital deficiency  of
$1,351,000.  This working capital  deficiency was caused  primarily by increased
short-term borrowings and  related expenditure  for items  related to  operating
improvements at Spring, capital expenditures and principal payments on long-term
debt  and capital leases. To address its working capital deficiency, the Company
sold 1,100  shares  of  10%  Preferred  Stock,  Series  A  to  Hillside  Capital
Incorporated  ('Hillside')  for  an  aggregate  consideration  of  $550,000  and
increased its  available  borrowing  capacity  under its  line  of  credit  from
$400,000  to $600,000. The Company intends to  use the proceeds of its preferred
stock sale, which shares will  be redeemed with a  portion of net proceeds  from
the Offering, for general working capital purposes.
    
 
   
     For  the years  ended December  31, 1992, 1993  and 1994,  the Company made
capital expenditures  of $140,000,  $130,000 and  $535,000, respectively.  Since
1992,  the Company has  made significant information  technology system upgrades
and improvements. The Company's capital  expenditures for the nine months  ended
September  30, 1994  and 1995  were $184,000  and $396,000,  respectively. These
expenditures reflect  the continued  investment in  technology improvements  and
include  costs  related to  certain leasehold  improvements and  acquisitions of
other office equipment and furnishings.  The Company's capital expenditures  for
the  first  nine months  in  1995 also  reflect  start-up costs  associated with
servicing new clients from a new office in Florida.
    
 
   
     On a pro  forma basis at  September 30,  1995, after giving  effect to  the
Offering  and  the application  of  the net  proceeds as  set  forth in  'Use of
Proceeds,' the Company had working capital of approximately $4.3 million.  Based
upon  the  Company's  pro  forma  working capital  position  and  its  pro forma
statements of operations for the year ended  December 31, 1994 and for the  nine
months  ended September 30,  1995, the Company  believes that additional working
capital is not required to meet its current liquidity needs. In order to  pursue
its  strategy of making additional acquisitions, the Company will need to obtain
additional financing  and  is  in negotiations  for  a  line of  credit  from  a
financial  institution. There can  be no assurance that  the Company will obtain
any such  line of  credit, that  any such  line of  credit will  be obtained  on
favorable  terms or  that the  Company will not  be required  to seek additional
financing. The Company believes  that the net proceeds  of the Offering and  its
pro forma cash balances, together with cash flow from operating activities, will
be sufficient to finance its operations for the foreseeable future.
    
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

 

GENERAL

 

     The  Company  is  a leading  provider  of business  management  services to
hospital-affiliated Physicians. The  Company's clients practice  medicine in  an
array  of settings, including solo and group practices, IPAs, specialty networks
and other affiliated-physician groups. The Company's services enable  Physicians
to  maintain  their independence  and clinical  autonomy while  maximizing their
reimbursement and cashflow. The Company believes  that it is one of the  largest
providers of business management services to Physicians.

 
   
     The  Company  offers its  clients a  broad  variety of  business management
services,  ranging   from   accounts   receivable   management   to   financial,
administrative  and strategic  support, data management  and information systems
support. In  addition,  the  Company  employs  its  proprietary  technology  and
extensive  financial and patient encounter  databases to provide a comprehensive
range of managed  care services to  its clients, including  contract review  and
negotiation,  implementation and administration, thereby enhancing their ability
to profitably participate in managed care systems. For its services, the Company
generally is compensated with  a management fee based  upon a percentage of  its
clients'  net collections,  which percentage  is determined  after considering a
broad range of factors,  including the medical specialty  of the client and  the
nature  of the services to be  provided. The Company currently provides services
to over 2,000  physicians, including specialists  in radiology,  anesthesiology,
pathology  and  emergency medicine,  as  well as  other  specialists, throughout
Pennsylvania, New  Jersey,  California, Arizona,  Florida,  Delaware,  Maryland,
Massachusetts and Virginia. Many of the Company's clients are affiliated in some
sort  of group  practice, IPA  or other specialty  networks. As  of November 30,
1995, the Company experienced client retention (as measured by the  continuation
of  written contracts in existence  at the end of  1994) of approximately 95% of
those clients to which it provided services at the end of 1994. Upon  completion
of  the Acquisitions, the total number of  physicians served by the Company will
increase to over 2,500,  and, in addition  to the states  in which it  currently
does  business, the Company will offer services to clients in Alabama, Kentucky,
Ohio, Washington and West Virginia.
    
 

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

 

     The  Health  Care  Financing  Administration  estimates  that  health  care
spending  in the United  States totaled approximately $1  trillion in 1994, with
approximately $200 billion attributable  to physician services.  As a large  and
rapidly  growing component  of overall health  care costs,  physicians have come
under increasing pressure due to the prospect of health care reform legislation,
an increasingly complex reimbursement environment and the continued  penetration
of  managed care.  Due to  these and  other market  forces, physicians  have, in
increasing numbers, sought  to align themselves  with other physician  practices
and with business management services companies in an effort to acquire enhanced
management  capabilities and information  systems. The Company  believes that by
providing a  broad  array of  business  management services  to  Physicians,  it
enables  Physicians to  maintain independence  and ownership  of their practices
while providing them with the expertise  necessary to meet the challenges  posed
by  the changing health  care environment. In addition,  as more physicians face
pressure  to  affiliate  with  other  health  care  providers  or  managed  care
organizations,  their need for advisors experienced in analyzing and negotiating
such affiliations increases.

 

     The Company  believes  that  the  physician  business  management  services
industry  is highly  fragmented. Many  of the  participants in  the industry are
smaller firms with limited capital and management resources and limited  patient
encounter  databases. These firms offer primarily accounts receivable management
services and have a  narrow range of additional  services. The Company  believes
that,  as Physicians continue to demand greater sophistication, broader services
and technology-driven products,  these smaller  service providers  will find  it
increasingly difficult to compete.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

STRATEGY

 

     The  Company's strategy  is to build  upon its reputation  and expertise in
providing a  broad  range  of cost-effective,  value-added  business  management
services to Physicians. PSS's strategy for achieving this objective contains the
following key elements:

 

      Provide  High Level  of Customer  Service at  Effective Cost.  The Company
      customizes its services for each client and provides detailed reports on a
      regular basis  to its  clients regarding  their practices.  PSS  maintains
      local  offices  in  regions  throughout the  United  States,  where client
      representatives are able to visit clients  on a regular basis and  respond
      quickly  to  the Company's  clients'  needs. These  client representatives
      interact  directly  with  existing   clients  and  provide  clients   with
      information   derived  from  the   Company's  patient  encounter  database
      regarding local, regional and national markets. The Company believes  that
      this   'multi-local'   approach   to   client   relationships  effectively
      differentiates the  Company from  its competitors.  Further enhancing  the
      Company's  local presence  are its  centralized processing  centers, which
      also provide significant economies of operation. The Company believes that
      the skill  of  its employees,  its  relatively  low labor  costs  and  its
      technological resources and efficiencies provide it with a cost of service
      advantage over many of its competitors.

 

      Provide  Broad Array  of Services. The  Company provides a  broad range of
      value-added services that meet its clients' needs and that address  market
      changes.  A key part of the Company's service strategy is to capitalize on
      changes in the health  care market, such as  managed care initiatives  and
      increasingly  complex reimbursement procedures,  by providing new services
      that address the changing needs of Physicians. For example, the  Company's
      extensive  patient  encounter  database  allows  the  Company  to evaluate
      managed care and capitation proposals  for its clients. PSS believes  that
      it   provides  Physicians   with  an   alternative  to   participation  in
      commercially  owned  physician   networks  by   offering  Physicians   the
      experience,  expertise  and  guidance  necessary to  enable  them  to form
      physician-owned  networks,  participate  in  Company-sponsored  IPAs   and
      negotiate favorable contracts with managed care organizations. The Company
      believes that its range of business management services (including the MSO
      capability  it  will  gain  through acquisition  of  one  of  the Acquired
      Businesses) and its market knowledge give it an advantage over many of its
      competitors, which offer a  narrower range of services  and may not be  as
      well positioned to respond to market changes and managed care mandates.

 
   
      Capitalize  on  Technological  Capabilities.  PSS's  proprietary  software
      systems perform the  complex processing and  analytical tasks required  to
      maximize  the income of Physicians  and provide database capabilities that
      are essential  for negotiation  and on-going  management of  managed  care
      provider  relationships. The Company's information systems currently store
      transactional data  associated with  approximately three  million  patient
      encounters per year. As a result, PSS management believes that the Company
      possesses  one of the  largest private patient  encounter databases in the
      regions in which it operates.  This detailed database enables the  Company
      to  provide clients with historical and  future trends in utilization data
      and  physician  referral  patterns,  as  well  as  other  encounters   and
      productivity  measurements  and  benchmark  data  for  strategic  practice
      planning.
    
 

           The Company has made significant technology expenditures and believes
      that future investments in technology are likely due to the data-intensive
      nature of its business. The Company's dedicated programming personnel work
      with clients to customize their  software and systems functions. In  order
      to  remain competitive in the future, the Company believes that it must be
      able to establish full electronic  interfaces with all provider and  payor
      organizations  in  order to  instantly  upload registration  and procedure
      data, verify eligibility, determine specifics of coverages, submit claims,
      electronically adjudicate  claims,  negotiate  electronic  remittance  and
      achieve  automated posting to line items on the physician's original claim
      submission. The Company believes that it is a leader in the industry  with
      regard to its electronic data interface capabilities.

 

      Pursue Consolidation Opportunities. The increasingly complex nature of the
      health care reimbursement process, and the related growing demand for more
      advanced  technology, have made it more  difficult for many of the smaller
      medical billing service companies to effectively

 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

      compete due to their  limited capital and  management resources and  their
      less  comprehensive  patient  encounter database.  As  a  result, industry
      consolidation has accelerated  over the  past several  years. The  Company
      expects  this trend to continue for the foreseeable future. PSS intends to
      continue to devote time to identifying and pursuing acquisition candidates
      nationwide and  to  evaluate acquisition  opportunities  in light  of  its
      acquisition criteria.

 

             The Company seeks  to position itself as  an attractive acquiror to
      prospective  sellers.  The   Company  generally   looks  for   acquisition
      candidates  that share its philosophy  of focusing on high-quality service
      to clients  and  sophisticated  database capabilities.  In  addition,  PSS
      typically  encourages  the  management of  its  acquisition  candidates to
      remain involved in the business after the Company acquires the business in
      order to ease the  transition to the Company's  ownership and utilize  the
      expertise and skills of the acquired company's managers.

 

      Cross-Market  Existing and Acquired Capabilities. PSS believes that it has
      established a  strong  track record  for  providing highly  competent  and
      cost-efficient  services to  its clients,  thereby enabling  a significant
      portion of its internal  growth to occur  through referrals and  physician
      inquiries.  In  the  past,  the  Company  has  utilized  the  expertise of
      personnel in one  office to  acquire new accounts  and offer  supplemental
      services  to Physicians served  by other offices.  Upon its acquisition of
      the Acquired  Businesses, and  any  subsequent acquisitions,  the  Company
      intends  to  similarly  cross-market its  services,  market  knowledge and
      physician specialty  expertise  among  its clients  and  clients  of  such
      acquired  businesses.  In  so doing,  the  Company believes  that  it will
      expand, on  a  geographic  basis,  the  services  provided  and  types  of
      physician specialists served by the Company.

 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT SERVICES

 

     In  recent years, the  physician business management  services industry has
changed from  one  where the  service  provider was  responsible  primarily  for
accounts receivable management to one where a comprehensive, integrated range of
services  is  provided. The  Company believes  that  providing its  clients with
services  beyond  accounts  receivable   management  helps  create  a   stronger
relationship  with its clients and provides PSS with a competitive advantage. As
the health care  market continues to  grow in complexity,  the Company  believes
that  those companies  with a  history of  providing a  broad array  of business
management services  will  be  sought  out by  physicians  and  will  be  better
positioned than others to  develop  additional  services to  meet  the  needs of
the  marketplace. The Company's and the Acquired Businesses' business management
services include  the following:

 

Operations Management
 Fee Schedule Development and
      Management
 Capitation Plan Analysis and
      Administration
 Patient and Resource Scheduling
 Coding
 Billing and Follow-up

 

Strategic Support
 Feasibility Studies
 Support in Establishing Independent
      Practice
 Contract Negotiation
 Practice Marketing
 Merger of Practices

 

Administrative/Financial Support
 Valuation Analysis
 Budgeting
 Cash Management
 Bookkeeping and Accounting
 Financial Statements
 Payroll and Accounts Payable
 Expense Management
 Insurance Program Administration
 Independent Physician Associations
 Management Service Organization

 

Payment Processing
 Lockbox Payments
 Internal Controls
 Payment Validation
 Performance Monitoring and Reporting

 

Data Management
 Data Collection, Analysis and Reporting
 Encounters Database Design and
      Analysis
 Financial
 Contractual
 Practice Profiles
 Resource Utilization

 

Electronic Data Interface
 Patient Demographic and Encounter
      Information
 Billing Claims Submission
 Remittance Receipt and Posting
 Client Office Connectivity

 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     The  Company does  not provide  the full  range of  its business management
services to  any one  client, although  generally all  clients receive  accounts
receivable  management  services. The  Company's accounts  receivable management
services  range  from  data  gathering  to  financial  reporting  and  analysis.
Generally,  the  Company's  practice is  to  employ personnel  dedicated  to the
performance of specific tasks in the accounts receivable management process.  In
its  initial stages, the Company collects  data from Physicians, inputs relevant
data for claims processing, monitors data for errors and makes corrections.  The
Company  submits  reimbursement  claims  on  behalf  of  its  Physician clients,
follows-up with  third-party  payors  and  patients  regarding  the  Physicians'
accounts  receivable and reports  to the Physicians  regarding their patient and
accounts receivable  activity. The  Company believes  that, through  the use  of
trained   personnel  and   its  proprietary  technology,   it  processes  claims
efficiently for its clients, creating cost savings for the Company and rapid and
complete reimbursement for its clients.

 

CLIENT SUPPORT SERVICES

 

     The  Company  believes  that   the  level  of   service  provided  is   the
distinguishing  factor  among physician  business management  service companies.
Accordingly,  the  Company  emphasizes  a  personalized  approach  in  providing
services   to  its   clients.  The   Company  believes   that  its  multi-local,
sophisticated,  technology-driven  management  services  help  distinguish   the
Company from other providers of business management services and provide it with
a competitive advantage.

 
   
     A  key part of the Company's strategy  is the proximity and availability of
client representatives  to the  Company's  clients. The  Company has  20  client
representatives  based in four states, managing  the accounts of between one and
15 clients. Upon completion  of the Acquisitions,  the Company anticipates  that
its  client  representatives will  have a  presence  in five  additional states.
Through these client representatives,  the Company is  able to maintain  regular
contact  with its clients and respond rapidly,  often in person, to questions or
problems. The Company  provides detailed  monthly and quarterly  reports to  its
clients.  These  reports indicate,  among  other things,  the  client's accounts
receivables activity for the period, the number of patients seen and  procedures
performed  for the period and a comparison of the current period's activity with
that of the prior year's. The Company's client representatives typically  review
these  detailed financial  reports with  the Physicians  on a  regular basis. In
addition, the Company's  client representatives may  share industry or  regional
data with the Company's clients to help clients better understand their business
relative to that of other Physicians.
    
 

MARKETING AND SALES

 

     The  Company's marketing and sales  efforts include advertising, attendance
at industry events and maintenance of  a marketing and sales force. The  Company
believes  that most  of its marketing  efforts coincide with  its client support
services, as many new clients are introduced to the Company by existing clients.
The Company believes that,  as managed care  initiatives become more  prominent,
Physicians  are  more  likely  to  affiliate  with  one  another  in  groups and
subsequently retain business management services from a provider experienced  in
dealing  with  group  structures  and  issues.  The  Company  believes  that its
knowledge gained through  operating one of  the oldest and  largest IPAs in  the
United States, its service to a regional physician staffing organization and its
years  of working with other affiliated groups  of physicians provides it with a
competitive advantage  in  addressing the  changing  needs of  the  health  care
market.

 
   
     The  Company employs 10 people in five  states for the purpose of marketing
and business development. Typically,  these regional representatives identify  a
client  prospect and  then coordinate with  senior management of  the Company to
develop a suitable service and fee proposal. Before submitting its proposal, the
Company typically reviews financial and  practice information of the  Physicians
and  identifies  areas  for  improvement  in  the  prospective  client's current
business management.  With  knowledge of  local  markets, the  Company's  client
representatives  also support the marketing efforts  of the Company by providing
benchmark information pertaining to other local physician practices. The Company
believes that its experience  and data resources provide  it with a  significant
advantage over many of its competitors in acquiring new accounts.
    
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

CUSTOMERS

 
   
     The  Company's  clients  consist of  hospital-affiliated  Physicians. These
Physicians practice medicine in an array  of settings, including solo and  group
practices,  IPAs and  specialty networks and  other affiliated-physician groups.
The Company estimates that it provides services (either directly or through  its
physician  group clients) to over 2,000 physicians,  and that it will serve over
2,500 physicians after giving effect to the Acquisitions. Of the Company's  1994
revenues,   services   for   radiologists,   emergency   room   physicians   and
anesthesiologists accounted for approximately 24%, 15% and 53%, respectively, of
total revenues.  The  Company's  other  clients  practice  various  specialties,
including  pathology,  cardiology  and surgery.  As  of November  30,  1995, the
Company has retained (as  measured by the continuation  of written contracts  in
existence  at the end  of 1994) approximately  95% of those  clients to which it
provided services at the end of 1994.
    
 
   
     In most cases, the Company enters into written agreements with its clients.
The Company's written  agreements generally  range from  month-to-month to  five
years  in duration and renew automatically at the end of the initial term unless
notice is given  by either party  30 to 90  days prior to  renewal. However,  in
certain regions where the Company conducts business, the industry practice is to
provide business management services without a written contract. In those cases,
typically  the Company does not require a written agreement with its clients and
experiences a lower comparative client retention rate.
    
 

     Substantially all of  the Company's contractual  arrangements for  business
management  services provide  for management fees  payable to  the Company based
upon a percentage of  the Company's clients'  net collections. Management  fees,
which  typically  range from  3%  to 15%,  are negotiated  at  the outset  of an
engagement based upon  a number  of factors,  including the  types of  physician
specialists  involved, the range of services to  be provided by PSS, an analysis
of the  collectability  of  a  client's accounts  receivable  portfolio  and  an
estimate of the costs of such collection. The Company estimates that its average
management  fee  (on a  weighted  average basis)  charged  in 1994  for business
management services  was  approximately  7.3%  of  net  collections.  No  single
customer  or  organization accounted  for  10% or  more  of the  Company's total
revenue in 1994.

 

ACQUISITIONS

 

     Through their acquisition of  the predecessor business of  PSS in 1991  and
the  Company's  acquisition of  Spring  in 1993,  the  senior management  of the
Company  has  experience  in   identifying  and  acquiring  physician   business
management  service firms. The  Company maintains a  database of participants in
the physician business  management services  industry and has  taken an  active,
highly  selective  approach  to  identify  acquisition  targets  that  meet  its
acquisition criteria. In general,  the Company intends  to focus on  acquisition
candidates that have strong management, demonstrate potential for revenue growth
or  continued profitability  and are compatible  with the  Company's business or
provide  an  opportunity  to  expand   into  other  high-revenue  medical   care
specialties.

 
   
     The  Company  generally looks  for  acquisition candidates  that  share its
philosophy of  focusing on  high-quality service  to clients  and  sophisticated
database  capabilities. In addition, PSS  typically encourages the management of
its acquisition candidates  to remain involved  in the business  on a  long-term
basis after the Company acquires the business in order to ease the transition to
the  Company's ownership  and utilize the  expertise and skills  of the acquired
company's managers.  For  example, L.  David  Covell, a  former  shareholder  of
Spring,  has  continued to  be  involved in  the  day-to-day business  of Spring
following the  Company's acquisition  of Spring  in 1993  and has  remained  the
Chairman   of  the  Board  of  Spring.   PSS  intends  to  evaluate  acquisition
opportunities in complementary geographic markets and service areas that present
the potential for  subsequent growth  through referrals.  Although it  evaluates
each  acquisition  candidate  on  a case-by-case  basis,  the  Company  does not
currently anticipate acquiring other businesses where significant  consolidation
or  staff reductions would  be required, and PSS  anticipates that any necessary
consolidation would  be gradual.  See 'Risk  Factors --  Acquisitions; Need  for
Capital.'
    
 
   
     Although  PSS currently is engaged  in discussions with several acquisition
candidates, no acquisition (other than of the Acquired Businesses) currently  is
pending,  and  there can  be  no assurance  that  any such  acquisition  will be
completed.  The  Company  currently  is  in  negotiations  with  certain  banks,
    
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
including  its existing bank lender,  to provide it with a  line of credit to be
used for acquisitions. There can be no assurance that such a line of credit will
be made available or be made available on favorable terms.
    
 

ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

 

     The Company  identified the  Acquired  Businesses as  suitable  acquisition
candidates due in part to their strong management, geographic location, range of
services provided and Physician specialists served. The Company has entered into
agreements   to  acquire   the  Acquired  Businesses   simultaneously  with  the
consummation of this Offering.

 
   
     Under  the  terms  of  each  acquisition  agreement,  consummation  of  the
Acquisitions  is subject to ordinary closing conditions, including the accuracy,
at the time of  the Acquisitions, of the  representations and warranties of  the
Acquired   Businesses   and   their  respective   stockholders.   The  aggregate
consideration to  be  paid  by  the  Company  for  the  Acquired  Businesses  is
anticipated  to consist of  $11,500,000 in cash, $9,500,000  of which is payable
upon completion of the  Offering and $2,000,000 of  which is payable in  monthly
installments  during  the  first year  after  consummation of  the  Offering. An
additional $150,000 may be payable on the second anniversary of the Acquisitions
in connection with the acquisition of DPS, subject to the retention of  clients.
Each  of the Acquired Businesses and the principal terms of each Acquisition are
described below.
    
 
   
     North Coast Health Care Management, Inc. ('NCHC'). NCHC was founded in 1985
and has  its  offices in  Cleveland,  Ohio. NCHC  provides  business  management
services  to approximately 400 emergency room and other physicians in Ohio, West
Virginia and Kentucky. NCHC also  currently provides consulting services to  two
MSOs,  which provide assistance in evaluating and negotiating managed care plans
and providing scheduling,  staffing, financial  analysis and  other services  to
over  130 physicians.  North Coast  Account Systems,  Inc. ('NCAS')  and Medical
Dental Invoicing Services,  Inc. ('MDIS'),  which were established  in 1991  and
1978,  respectively, are affiliates of NCHC and also headquartered in Cleveland,
Ohio. NCAS provides  collection services to  Physicians. MDIS provides  accounts
receivable  management services to Physicians. NCHC, NCAS and MDIS are sometimes
referred to collectively herein as the  'NCHC Group.' The NCHC Group's  revenues
for  1994 represent approximately  22% of the  Company's 1994 revenues  on a pro
forma basis, after giving effect to  the Acquisitions. A significant portion  of
the  NCHC Group's revenues for 1994  is attributable to several physician groups
in which one of the shareholders of the NCHC Group is a member.
    
 
   
     It is anticipated that, simultaneously with completion of the Offering, the
Company will  purchase  the  capital stock  of  NCHC  for a  purchase  price  of
$5,590,000  in cash, payable at closing, and an aggregate of $1,950,000 in cash,
payable in monthly installments over the succeeding 12 months. In addition,  the
Company  will acquire the assets  of NCAS and MDIS for  cash in the aggregate of
$115,000, payable at  closing and an  aggregate of $50,000,  payable in  monthly
installments  over the  succeeding 12 months.  The two stockholders  of the NCHC
Group also  will receive  an aggregate  of $295,000  in consideration  of  their
agreements not to compete with the Acquired Businesses or the Company.
    
 
   
     The  two stockholders  of NCHC will  enter into  employment agreements with
NCHC at the time  of the Acquisitions,  pursuant to which each  of them will  be
employed  for a  term of five  years at an  annual base salary  of $150,000. The
stockholders also will  be entitled to  receive deferred incentive  compensation
based  on increases in NCHC's earnings  before interest, taxes and certain other
charges.
    
 
   
     Medical Management Support, Inc. ('MM Support'). MM Support was founded  in
1985  and has its offices in  Bellevue, Washington. MM Support provides accounts
receivable management  services to  approximately  80 anesthesiologists  in  the
greater  Seattle area. MM Support's 1994 revenue would account for approximately
5% of the Company's 1994 revenues on  a pro forma basis, after giving effect  to
the Acquisitions.
    
 
   
     It is anticipated that, simultaneously with completion of the Offering, the
Company will acquire MM Support by purchasing, through a wholly owned subsidiary
of  PSS, substantially all of  the assets of MM  Support. The purchase price for
the assets  will  be  $2,400,000  in  cash. In  addition,  MM  Support  and  its
stockholders  will receive $100,000, in the  aggregate, for their agreements not
to compete with the Acquired Businesses or PSS.
    
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     The three shareholders of MM Support will enter into employment  agreements
with  the ongoing Acquired Business upon completion of the Offering. Under these
agreements, each  of  the shareholders  will  agree  to provide  services  of  a
substantially  similar nature  to those currently  provided to MM  Support for a
period of two years from the Acquisition at a compensation rate of $35 per hour.
In addition, each  such shareholder will  be entitled to  receive certain  bonus
compensation  based on  revenue attributable  to new  clients introduced  to the
Acquired Business  by that  shareholder  before the  second anniversary  of  the
Acquisition.
    
 
   
     Data  Processing Systems, Inc. ('DPS'). DPS was  formed in 1989 and has its
offices in  Birmingham, Alabama.  DPS  provides accounts  receivable  management
services  to Physicians in  the Birmingham, Alabama  area. DPS's clients consist
principally  of  radiologists  and  pathologists,  and  it  currently   services
approximately 26 physicians. Revenues of DPS for 1994 represent approximately 3%
of  the Company's 1994 revenues on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the
Acquisitions.
    
 
   
     It is anticipated that, simultaneously  with completion of the Offering,  a
wholly   owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  will  acquire  DPS  by  purchasing
substantially all of DPS's assets for approximately $800,000 in cash  (including
$100,000 payable because the Acquisition will occur after December 31, 1995) and
payment  of $100,000 in consideration of DPS's agreement not to compete with the
ongoing business or  the Company. In  addition, $150,000 may  be payable on  the
second anniversary of the acquisition, subject to DPS's retention of clients.
    
 
   
     In  addition  to  the  amounts  described above,  under  the  terms  of the
acquisition agreement  for DPS,  McGriff,  Seibels &  Williams, Inc.,  the  sole
stockholder  of DPS ('McGriff'),  will receive $100,000  in consideration of its
agreement not to compete. As a condition to the acquisition of DPS, McGriff will
enter into an  agreement with the  Acquired Business, under  which McGriff  will
lease  office space to  the Acquired Business for  up to two years  at a cost of
$10,000 per year, which includes the cost of certain corporate overhead, support
and computer  software and  hardware  services to  be  provided by  McGriff.  In
addition,  McGriff will  agree to provide  the Acquired Business  on a cost-only
basis certain other services that it historically provided to DPS.
    
 

COMPETITION

 

     The business of  providing business  management services  to Physicians  is
highly  competitive.  The  Company  estimates  that  it  competes  with  several
relatively  sophisticated  local,  regional  and  national  physician   business
management   services  organizations,  with  smaller,  less-sophisticated  local
accounts receivable  management services  businesses  and with  Physicians  that
self-manage  their practices  and accounts  receivable. The  largest independent
provider of billing and accounts receivable management services to Physicians in
the United States is  Medaphis Corporation, which  is substantially larger  than
the Company and has substantially greater resources.

 

     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its industry
are  the  quality  and range  of  services  provided to  clients,  including the
maximization of  revenue to  Physicians  for each  procedure performed.  In  the
Company's  view,  the fees  charged for  services are  a less  important factor,
although it believes that its fees are competitive with other service providers.
In addressing  certain complexities  created by  managed care  initiatives,  the
Company  believes  that one  of the  principal competitive  factors is  having a
patient  utilization  database  and  other  market  information  to  enable   an
assessment  of managed care proposals. The Company believes that, through use of
its proprietary technology and regional and  specialty expertise, it is able  to
compete  effectively in providing business  management services to Physicians in
the managed care market.

 

REGULATION

 
   
     Various state  and federal  laws  may regulate  the Company's  business  of
providing  business  management  services  to Physicians.  The  Company  also is
subject to laws and regulations relating to business corporations generally. The
Company believes that its operations are in material compliance with  applicable
laws.  However, many aspects of the  Company's business operations have not been
the subject of state or federal regulatory interpretation, and certain areas  of
the  Company's  business are  highly technical  in nature.  In addition,  as the
Company's business expands by the addition of services
    
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
provided or geographically, it may become subject to additional federal or state
regulations based on the services it provides or the states in which it conducts
business.
    
 
   
     Regulatory authorities have broad discretion concerning how these laws  and
regulations  are  interpreted  and  how  they  are  enforced.  The  Company may,
therefore, be subject to  lengthy and expensive  investigations of its  business
operations.  If  the Company  were found  to be  in violation  of these  laws or
regulations, the Company  could be  subject to  criminal or  civil penalties  or
both,  which could  limit or  prevent the  Company from  providing its physician
business management  services. See  'Risk  Factors --  Governmental  Regulation;
Billing Practices.'
    
 

     In  accordance  with  Medicare regulations,  physicians  and  hospitals are
permitted to assign Medicare claims to a billing and collection service only  in
certain limited circumstances. The Medicare statutes that restrict assignment of
Medicare  claims are supplemented by Medicare  regulations and provisions in the
Medicare Carrier's  Manual  (the 'Manual').  The  Medicare regulations  and  the
Manual  provide that  a billing  service that prepares  and sends  bills for the
provider or physician and does not receive and negotiate the checks made payable
to the provider or physician does not violate the restrictions on assignment  of
Medicare  claims. The  Company believes  that its  practices do  not violate the
restrictions on assignment of Medicare claims  and that it operates in a  manner
consistent with these provisions.

 

     The  Social Security Act imposes criminal penalties for paying or receiving
remuneration (which is deemed  a kickback, bribe or  rebate) in connection  with
Medicare  or Medicaid programs. Violation of this law is a felony, punishable by
fines and imprisonment.  These anti-kickback  laws and rules  have been  broadly
interpreted  to prohibit the  payment, solicitation, offering  or receipt of any
form of remuneration in return for the referral of Medicare or Medicaid patients
or any item or  service that is covered  by Medicare or Medicaid  reimbursement.
The Company believes that its business operations do not put it in a position to
make  or induce the referral of patients or services reimbursed under government
programs and, therefore, believes that its practices do not violate the  federal
anti-kickback statute. If, however, the Company were found in violation of these
laws, the Company could be subject to substantial civil monetary fines, criminal
sanctions or both.

 

     The  Company  also may  be subject  to  criminal, civil  and administrative
penalties under  federal and  state law  prohibitions against  submitting  false
claims  for payments.  Generally, criminal penalties  subjecting participants to
fines and imprisonment require that the entity act knowingly, willfully or  with
fraudulent  intent. Civil statutes  provide for monetary  penalties. The Company
also may  be  subject to  criminal  laws  regarding failure  to  disclose  known
overpayments under Medicare or Medicaid.

 

     Various  states prohibit a physician from  sharing or 'splitting' fees with
persons not  authorized to  practice  medicine. The  Company believes  that  its
charges  to its clients do not violate applicable fee splitting prohibitions. If
this belief is  incorrect and the  Company is  determined to be  engaged in  fee
splitting  arrangements  with its  clients, those  clients  would be  subject to
charges of  professional  misconduct  and penalties  ranging  from  censure  and
reprimand  to revocation  of their  medical licenses.  In addition,  the Company
could be  deprived of  access  to the  courts to  collect  fees due  from  those
clients,  thereby materially and adversely  affecting the Company's revenues and
prospects.

 

     Credit collection practices  and activities are  regulated by both  federal
and state law. The Federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (the 'Federal Fair
Debt  Act')  sets  forth  various  provisions  designed  to  eliminate  abusive,
deceptive and unfair debt collection  practices by debt collectors. The  Federal
Fair  Debt Act also  provides for, among  other things, a  civil right of action
against any debt  collector who  fails to  comply with  the provisions  thereof.
Various  states have  also promulgated laws  and regulations  that govern credit
collection practices. In  general, these laws  and regulations prohibit  certain
fraudulent  and  oppressive  credit  collection practices  and  also  may impose
license or  registration requirements  upon  collection agencies.  In  addition,
state  credit  collection laws  and regulations  generally provide  for criminal
fines, civil  penalties,  injunctions  and  jail  terms  for  collection  agency
personnel  who fail  to comply  with such laws  and regulations  and may entitle
states  to  recover  unclaimed   refunds  from  overcollections.  The   accounts
receivable  management  services the  Company provides  to  its clients  are not
considered debt collection services  and the Company is  not a 'debt  collector'
under  the Federal Fair  Debt Act. Upon completion  of the Acquisitions, certain
activities  of  one  of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  will  include  collection
services,  as NCAS specializes in collecting medical service receivables for its
clients.

 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     Various states  regulate  the  provision  of  administrative  and  business
services  by  third parties  to physician-sponsored  health plans.  In addition,
certain federal or  state consumer protection  laws may apply  to the  Company's
billing  activities  insofar as  PSS  bills patients  directly  for the  cost of
physician services provided.
    
 

     The Company anticipates that  various health care  reform proposals may  be
introduced  at the  federal or  state level.  The Company  is unable  to predict
whether any such proposals will apply to the operation of the Company's business
or whether, if adopted, any such proposals would materially adversely affect the
Company.

 

EMPLOYEES

 
   
     At November 30, 1995, PSS had approximately 364 full-time and 67  part-time
employees,  of which approximately 348 were  clerical and 83 were administrative
employees. PSS employs 20  client representatives, 10 marketing  representatives
and  eight software programmers. None of  the Company's employees is represented
by a labor  union. The Company  has experienced no  work stoppages and  believes
that its relations with its employees are satisfactory.
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
     The  Company's principal  executive offices  are located  at Route  230 and
Eby-Chiques Road, Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania. The Company maintains 11 offices in six
states, five of which include processing centers. The Company leases all of  its
facilities,  which in the aggregate  constitute approximately 75,000 square feet
of office space.  Such leases have  terms ranging from  month-to-month to  eight
years, in most cases with options to renew.
    
 
     The  Company  believes that  its facilities  are  adequate for  its current
needs. The Company expects to renew its  current leases from time to time or  to
lease  new  space  as  necessary.  In addition,  the  Company  expects  to lease
additional space as necessary  to accommodate the  anticipated expansion of  the
Company.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     As  of the date hereof,  there are no legal  proceedings pending against or
involving the Company that, in the opinion of management, could have a  material
adverse  effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of
the Company.
 
LIABILITY INSURANCE
 
     The  Company   carries   liability   insurance   providing   coverage   for
comprehensive  property damage, professional  liability, employee dishonesty and
workers' compensation. Although the Company believes that its insurance policies
are adequate in amount and coverage for protection of its assets and  operations
as  currently conducted, there is  no assurance that the  coverage limits of the
Company's liability  policies  will  be  adequate.  In  addition,  there  is  no
assurance that the Company's insurance coverage will continue to be available in
sufficient amounts and on reasonable terms, or at all.
 
                                       27


<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 
   
     The  Company's directors, executive officers  and significant employees and
their ages as of January 1, 1996 are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    NAME                        AGE                        POSITION
- ---------------------------------------------   ---   --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>   <C>
Peter W. Gilson..............................   55    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Hamilton F. Potter III.......................   39    Executive Vice President, Chief Operating and
                                                        Financial Officer and Director
Douglas Estock...............................   41    Director of Marketing
Jack R. Kinne................................   47    President of Spring
Ronald Royer.................................   51    Director of Systems Automation
Bruce B. Schmoyer............................   52    Director of Operations
Mortimer Berkowitz III.......................   41    Director
</TABLE>
    
 

                            ------------------------
 
     Peter W.  Gilson has  served since  September 1991  as a  Director and  the
President  and  Chief  Executive Officer  of  PSS.  Mr. Gilson  also  is  a Vice
President of  Spring.  Mr. Gilson  was  the  President of  the  Goretex  Fabrics
Division  of W.L. Gore &  Associates from 1978 to  1986, and the Chief Operating
Officer of The Timberland Company from 1986 to 1988. Mr. Gilson currently is  on
the Board of Directors of each of Forschner Company and Sweetwater, Inc.

 

     Hamilton  F. Potter III has served,  since September 1991, as the Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating and Financial Officer of PSS. Mr. Potter also
is a  Vice President  and the  Treasurer of  Spring. Mr.  Potter co-founded  BPI
Capital  Partners, Inc. ('BPI Capital') in 1990 and has been a Managing Director
of BPI Capital since that time.

 

     Douglas Estock joined the  predecessor company to PSS  in January 1989  and
has served as Director of Marketing of the Company since 1991.

 

     Jack  R. Kinne joined Spring in 1982 and served as its Vice President until
August 1993. Spring was acquired by PSS in August 1993, at which time Mr.  Kinne
was made President of Spring.

 

     Ronald  Royer joined the predecessor company to PSS in January 1989 and has
served as the Director of Systems Automation of the Company since 1991.

 

     Bruce B. Schmoyer joined PSS in  September 1995 as Director of  Operations.
From 1990 to August 1995, Mr. Schmoyer was a Senior Manager, Director of Patient
Accounting Practice, Eastern Region at Ernst & Young LLP.

 

     Mortimer  Berkowitz  III has  served  as a  Director  of the  Company since
September 1991 and served as a Vice  President and the Secretary of the  Company
from September 1991 until December 1995. Mr. Berkowitz co-founded BPI Capital in
1990  and  has been  a Managing  Director of  BPI Capital  since that  time. Mr.
Berkowitz also is a director of VZV Research Foundation, Inc.

 
   
     The Company intends to name up to two people to serve as outside  directors
of  PSS as soon  as practicable. There  can be no  assurance that such directors
will be named prior to completion of the Offering.
    
 

     As permitted  by  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  the  Company's
Certificate  of Incorporation and  Bylaws provide that  directors of the Company
shall not be personally liable to  the Company or its stockholders for  monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for
any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,
(ii)  for  acts or  omissions not  in  good faith  or which  involve intentional
misconduct or  a  knowing violation  of  law, (iii)  under  Section 174  of  the
Delaware   General  Corporation   Law,  relating  to   prohibited  dividends  or
distributions, or  the  repurchase  or  redemption of  stock  or  (iv)  for  any
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

 

     Officers  of PSS serve at the discretion  of the Board of Directors and are
appointed to serve, subject to the  discretion of the Board of Directors,  until
their successors are appointed. The Company

 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

maintains  key-man  insurance for  Messrs. Gilson  and  Potter, under  which the
Company is named as the beneficiary.

 

     Directors  of  the  Company  receive  reimbursement  of  their   reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their board activities.

 
   
     Spring  has entered  into an Employment  Agreement with Jack  R. Kinne, the
President of Spring.  Pursuant to the  Employment Agreement, Mr.  Kinne will  be
employed  by  Spring  as  its  President until  August  1998,  subject  to early
termination by  Spring for  'cause,'  as defined  in  the agreement.  Under  the
Employment  Agreement, Mr. Kinne receives an  annual salary of $129,012, subject
to upward adjustment, and  is entitled to receive  bonus compensation as may  be
determined by Spring's board of directors.
    
 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 
   
     The  Summary  Compensation Table  below  sets forth  the  cash compensation
earned by  or paid  to the  Company's  executive officers  for the  years  ended
December  31, 1993, 1994 and 1995. The table sets forth such compensation earned
by or paid  to the  Chief Executive Officer  and the  Company's other  executive
officers (the 'named executive officers').
    
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            LONG TERM COMPENSATION(1)
                                                                        ---------------------------------
                                            ANNUAL COMPENSATION         RESTRICTED   OPTION &   LONG TERM
         NAME AND                     -------------------------------     STOCK      WARRANT    INCENTIVE    ALL OTHER
    PRINCIPAL POSITION       YEAR     SALARY(2)   BONUS(3)   OTHER(4)     AWARDS      AWARDS     PAYOUTS    COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------  ----     ---------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   ---------   ------------
<S>                          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
Peter W. Gilson              1995     $ 221,888      --         --        --           --         --           --
  President, Chief           1994       216,094      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Executive Officer          1993       203,658      --         --        --           --         --           --
 
Hamilton F. Potter III       1995     $ 137,151      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Executive Vice President   1994       132,128      --         --        --           --         --           --
  and Chief Operating and    1993       123,920      --         --        --           --         --           --
  Financial Officer
 
Jack R. Kinne                1995     $ 131,012      --      $ 32,000(5)  --          --         --           --
  President of Spring        1994       121,101   $ 25,000      --        --           --         --           --
                             1993(6)    128,712      --         --        --           --         --           --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
(1) The  Company has  no long-term incentive  compensation plans  other than its
    proposed 1996 Stock Option Plan. No options were granted under that plan  in
    1995.  The Company believes that Mr. Kinne  may be granted options under the
    1996 Stock  Option Plan  as of  the  completion of  the Offering.  Any  such
    options  would be exercisable at the initial public offering price set forth
    on the cover of this Prospectus and  subject to the terms of the 1996  Stock
    Option Plan.
    
 
   
(2) Amounts  shown include compensation  deferred pursuant to  Section 401(k) of
    the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
    
 
   
(3) The Company  has no  formal bonus  plan and  does not  provide for  deferred
    awards.  The  Company  may  pay  bonuses  based  on  individual  and Company
    performance.
    
 
   
(4) The aggregate amount of Other  Annual Compensation for each named  executive
    officer  except Mr. Kinne did  not equal or exceed  the lesser of $50,000 or
    10% of such individual's base salary  and bonus for the year ended  December
    31, 1995.
    
 
   
(5) Mr. Kinne received $32,000 in reimbursement for certain costs related to his
    relocation  in connection  with the  relocation of  Spring's headquarters to
    Stockton, California.
    
 
   
(6) PSS acquired Spring in August 1993. Amount shown reflects compensation  from
    Spring for the entire year.
    
 

                                       29
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

STOCK OPTION PLAN

 
   
     It  is anticipated that prior to completion of the Offering, the 1996 Stock
Option Plan (the 'Stock Option Plan') will be adopted by the Company's Board  of
Directors  and approved by its  stockholders. It is anticipated  that a total of
853,500 authorized but  unissued shares  of Common  Stock will  be reserved  for
issuance  under the Stock Option Plan and  that as of completion of the Offering
options to purchase up to 85,350 shares  of Common Stock will have been  granted
to  certain employees of the Company. The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to
attract and  retain employees  (including officers),  directors and  independent
consultants of PSS (including its subsidiaries) and other affiliates (if any) of
PSS  and  provide such  people with  additional  incentives by  increasing their
equity ownership in the Company.
    
 
   
     Options granted under  the Stock  Option Plan  are intended  to qualify  as
incentive  stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the 'Code'),  or be non-qualified. The  Plan is intended to  satisfy
the  conditions  of  Section 16  of  the  Exchange Act  pursuant  to  Rule 16b-3
promulgated thereunder ('Rule 16b-3').
    
 
   
     It is anticipated  that the  Stock Option Plan  will be  administered by  a
committee  of the  Company's Board of  Directors comprised of  directors who are
disinterested within the  meaning of  Rule 16b-3. Subject  to the  terms of  the
Stock  Option Plan, the committee administering  the plan has the sole authority
and discretion to grant  options, construe the  terms of the  plan and make  all
other  determinations and take all other action with respect to the Stock Option
Plan.
    
 
   
     Options will be exercisable  during the period  specified by the  committee
administering the Stock Option Plan, except that options will become immediately
exercisable  in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Stock Option
Plan) of the Company. See 'Risk Factors -- Effect of Anti-takeover  Provisions.'
It is anticipated that, generally, options will vest over a five-year period. No
option  will be exercisable more  than 10 years from the  date of grant (or such
other period as may be required by  the Code) or after the option holder  leaves
the   Company's  employ   (other  than   by  reason   of  death).   Options  are
nontransferable, except by will or the laws of intestate succession or, if  then
permitted  under Rule 16b-3,  pursuant to a  qualified domestic relations order.
Shares  underlying  options  that   terminate  unexercised  are  available   for
reissuance under the Stock Option Plan.
    
 
   
     The per share exercise price of options granted under the Stock Option Plan
will  be determined by the committee of the Board of Directors administering the
Stock Option Plan, except that incentive stock options may not be exercised  for
less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Stock Option Plan) of
a share of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant.
    
 
   
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
    
 
   
     Currently,  the Board of Directors does  not have a compensation committee,
and decisions regarding compensation are made by the entire Board of  Directors,
including Mr. Gilson, who currently is the President and Chief Executive Officer
of  the Company, and Mr. Potter, who  currently is the Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating and  Financial Officer of  the Company. The  Board of  Directors
anticipates  establishing  a  compensation committee  immediately  prior  to the
Offering, the initial members of which will be Messrs. Berkowitz and Gilson. The
Board of  Directors  also intends  to  establish, following  completion  of  the
Offering  and  the addition  of  up to  two outside  directors  to the  Board of
Directors, an audit  committee on  which at  least two  outside directors  would
serve.
    
 

                                       30

 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
    
 
   
     The  following table  sets forth  certain information  with respect  to the
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as of January 1, 1996, giving effect to
the sale of shares of  Common Stock by the Company  in the Offering (i) by  each
person  (or group  of affiliated  persons) who  is known  by the  Company to own
beneficially more than 5%  of the Common  Stock, (ii) by  each of the  Company's
directors  and  executive  officers and  (iii)  by all  directors  and executive
officers as a group.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER OF        PERCENT OF TOTAL
                                                                                      SHARES       --------------------
                                                                                   BENEFICIALLY     BEFORE      AFTER
                              BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)                                    OWNED(2)      OFFERING    OFFERING
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                                <C>             <C>         <C>
Peter W. Gilson.................................................................       840,000       37.5%       16.0%
Hamilton F. Potter III..........................................................       504,000       22.5         9.6
Jack R. Kinne...................................................................             0          0           0
Mortimer Berkowitz III..........................................................       336,000       15.0         6.4
John N. Irwin III...............................................................       498,400(3)    22.3         9.5
All executive officers and directors as a group (four persons)..................     1,680,000       75.0        32.1
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
(1) The address for each beneficial owner except John N. Irwin III is in care of
    the Company, Route 230  and Eby-Chiques Road,  Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania  17538.
    Mr.  Irwin's  address is  care of  Hillside  Capital Incorporated,  405 Park
    Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
 
(2) Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, to the knowledge of  the
    Company,  the persons  named in  the table  have sole  voting and investment
    power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned
    by them,  except  to  the  extent  authority  is  shared  by  spouses  under
    applicable law.
 
   
(3) Includes  92,400 shares owned of record  by Mr. Irwin's wife, 177,800 shares
    owned of  record  for  a  trust  of  which  Mr.  Irwin's  children  are  the
    beneficiaries  and 226,800 shares owned of record by Hillside, a corporation
    in which Mr. Irwin holds a controlling equity interest. Mr. Irwin  disclaims
    beneficial ownership with respect to all shares not owned by him of record.
    
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
   
PREFERRED STOCK INVESTMENT
    
 
   
     In  December 1995, Hillside, the record holder of more than five percent of
the shares of  Common Stock  and the  owner of over  $960,000 in  shares of  the
Company's  10% Preferred Stock,  Series A, purchased  1,100 additional shares of
the Company's  10% Preferred  Stock, Series  A, for  aggregate consideration  of
$550,000 in cash.
    
 
   
     Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company  will  apply approximately
$2,932,000 of  the  net proceeds  of  the Offering  to  redeem all  of  its  10%
Preferred  Stock, Series  A and Series  B. Mr.  John N. Irwin  III, a beneficial
owner of more than five percent of the shares of Common Stock, is the beneficial
owner of an aggregate  of $2,694,000 in  such shares of  preferred stock, as  to
which  he disclaims beneficial ownership of all  but $394,000 in such shares. Of
the amount of preferred stock otherwise attributable to Mr. Irwin, Hillside owns
of record over $1,510,000 in such  shares of the Company's 10% Preferred  Stock,
Series A.
    
 
   
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
    
 
   
     In  connection  with the  Company's loans  from Meridian  Bank, all  of the
stockholders of PSS, including  Messrs. Berkowitz, Gilson  and Potter and  other
holders  of more than  five percent of  the outstanding shares  of Common Stock,
pledged their  shares  of capital  stock  as  security for  the  Company's  loan
obligations.  Upon repayment of these loan obligations with a portion of the net
proceeds of the Offering, those pledged shares will be released.
    
 
   
     Under the terms of  the Shareholders' Agreement among  the Company and  its
existing  stockholders  (the 'Shareholders'  Agreement'), the  stockholders were
granted certain registration rights, including the  right to be included in  the
Offering.  Those  registration rights  have been  waived  for the  Offering. See
'Description of Capital Stock -- Registration Rights.'
    
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

     The Company's authorized  capital stock consists  of 100,000,000 shares  of
Common  Stock, par  value $.001  per share,  and 10,000,000  shares of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share.

 

COMMON STOCK

 
   
     As of  January  1,  1996,  there were  2,240,000  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding that were held of record by 15 stockholders. There will be 5,240,000
shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the shares
of Common Stock offered hereby.
    
 
   
     Holders  of shares of  Common Stock are  entitled to one  vote per share on
matters to be voted upon by the  stockholders of the Company. Holders of  shares
of  Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights; therefore, the holders of
more than 50% of the shares of the Common Stock will have the ability to  select
all  of  the Company's  directors. Holders  of  shares of  Common Stock  will be
entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
and to  share  ratably  in the  assets  of  the Company  legally  available  for
distribution to its stockholders in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or
winding  up of the Company, in each case subject to the rights of the holders of
Preferred Stock.  Holders of  Common Stock  have no  pre-emptive,  subscription,
redemption or conversion rights. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and
Common  Stock being issued and sold hereby  will be, when issued, fully paid and
non-assessable.
    
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The Board of  Directors of the  Company is authorized,  subject to  certain
limitations  prescribed by applicable law,  from time to time  to issue up to an
aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock  in one or more series and  to
fix   or  alter  the  designations,  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and
restrictions thereof,  including  dividend rights,  dividend  rates,  conversion
rights,  voting  rights,  terms of  redemption,  redemption  prices, liquidation
preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the  designation
of such series, in each case without further vote or action by the stockholders.
The  issuance of Preferred Stock  may have the effect  of delaying, deferring or
preventing a change  in control  of the Company  without further  action by  the
stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders
of  Common Stock.  The issuance  of Preferred  Stock with  voting and conversion
rights may adversely  affect the voting  power of the  holders of Common  Stock,
including  the loss of voting control to  others. At present, the Company has no
plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock.
    
 
   
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
    
 
   
     Under  the  Shareholders'  Agreement,  the  Company's  currently   existing
stockholders  have certain  registration rights. Those  stockholders have waived
their right  to  be  included  in the  Offering.  Following  completion  of  the
Offering,   the  Company's  currently  existing   stockholders  (who  will  hold
approximately 42.7% of the Common Stock outstanding after the Offering) will  be
entitled  to  request that  their  shares of  Common  Stock be  included  in any
registration of the  Company's capital  stock (except  certain registrations  in
connection  with employee plans and business combinations). The number of shares
of stock to be included in any  proposed offering may be reduced pro rata  among
all  securityholders included  in such  offering if and  to the  extent that the
managing underwriter of  such offering  is of  the opinion  that such  inclusion
could  reasonably be expected to adversely affect  the marketing of shares to be
sold by the Company. The  Company is obligated to  pay the registration fee  and
certain other fees and expenses in connection with any registration of shares of
Common Stock pursuant to the Shareholders' Agreement. The registration rights of
the  Company's currently existing stockholders will  continue for 10 years after
completion of the Offering.
    
 
   
ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
    
 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

 

     Upon  completion   of  this   Offering,   the  Company's   Certificate   of
Incorporation  will provide  that all stockholder  action must be  effected at a
duly   called    meeting   and    not   by    a   consent    in   writing.    In

 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
addition,  upon completion of the Offering  the Company's Bylaws will not permit
stockholders of the  Company to call  a special meeting  of stockholders.  These
provisions  of  the Certificate  of  Incorporation and  Bylaws  could discourage
potential acquisition proposals and could delay  or prevent a change in  control
of  the  Company. These  provisions are  intended to  enhance the  likelihood of
continuity and stability in the composition of the Board of Directors and in the
policies formulated by the Board of Directors and to discourage certain types of
transactions that may involve an actual  or threatened change of control of  the
Company.  These  provisions  are designed  to  reduce the  vulnerability  of the
Company to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended
to discourage certain tactics  that may be used  in proxy fights. However,  such
provisions  could  have the  effect of  discouraging  others from  making tender
offers for  the  Common Stock  and,  as a  consequence,  they also  may  inhibit
fluctuations  in the  market price  of the Common  Stock that  could result from
actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of
preventing changes in the management of the Company. See 'Risk Factors -- Effect
of Anti-takeover Provisions.'
    
 
DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE
 
     The Company is subject to Section  203 of the Delaware General  Corporation
Law  ('Section 203') which, subject to  certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from  engaging  in  any business  combination  with  any  interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became  an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior  to such date, the board of
directors of the  corporation approved  either the business  combination or  the
transaction   which  resulted   in  the   stockholder  becoming   an  interested
stockholder; (ii) upon  consummation of  the transaction which  resulted in  the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at  least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced,  excluding  for purposes  of  determining the  number  of
shares  outstanding those shares owned (x) by persons who are directors and also
officers and (y) by employee stock  plans in which employee participants do  not
have  the right to  determine confidentially whether shares  held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender  or exchange offer; or (iii) on or  subsequent
to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and
authorized  at an annual or special meeting  of stockholders, and not by written
consent, by the affirmative vote of at  least 66 2/3% of the outstanding  voting
stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
     Section  203 defines  business combination  to include:  (i) any  merger or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder
of 10%  or more  of the  assets of  the corporation;  (iii) subject  to  certain
exceptions,  any transaction  which results in  the issuance or  transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;  (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate  share of  the stock  of any  class or  series of  the corporation
beneficially owned by  the interested  stockholder; or  (v) the  receipt by  the
interested  stockholder  of  the  benefit of  any  loans,  advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided  by or through the corporation.  In
general,  Section 203 defines an interested  stockholder as any entity or person
beneficially owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the
corporation  and  any  entity  or  person  affiliated  with  or  controlling  or
controlled by such entity or person.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
     The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation and  Bylaws  contain  certain
provisions  permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to the
liability  of  directors.  These  provisions  eliminate  a  director's  personal
liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except
in  certain circumstances involving certain wrongful acts, such as the breach of
a director's  duty of  loyalty or  acts or  omissions that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a  knowing violation  of law.  These provisions  do not  limit or
eliminate the rights  of the  Company or  any stockholder  to seek  non-monetary
relief,  such as  an injunction  or rescission, in  the event  of a  breach of a
director's  fiduciary  duty.  These  provisions  will  not  alter  a  director's
liability   under  federal   securities  laws.  The   Company's  Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws also contain provisions indemnifying the directors  and
officers  of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law.  The Company  believes that  these provisions  will assist  the
Company in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is Bank of New York.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
     Upon  completion of the Offering, 5,240,000 shares of the Common Stock will
be outstanding (5,690,000 shares if  the Underwriters' over-allotment option  is
exercised  in full). The 3,000,000 shares sold in the Offering (3,450,000 if the
Underwriters' over-allotment  option  is  exercised  in  full)  will  be  freely
tradeable  without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act
unless acquired by an 'affiliate' of the Company (as that term is defined in the
Securities Act) which shares will be  subject to the resale limitations of  Rule
144 under the Securities Act.
    
 
   
     Immediately prior to completion of the Offering, 2,240,000 shares of Common
Stock   (the  'Restricted  Shares')   will  be  outstanding.   Of  such  shares,
approximately 35,000 shares will be available  for immediate sale in the  public
market  without restriction  pursuant to Rule  144(k) under  the Securities Act.
Beginning 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, an additional 2,205,000 of
the Restricted Shares will be available for sale in the public market subject to
certain  volume  and  resale  restrictions,   as  described  below.  Under   the
Shareholders'  Agreement, holders  of the Restricted  Shares also  will have the
right to include their Restricted Shares  in certain other registrations of  the
Company's  capital  stock. See  'Description  of Capital  Stock  -- Registration
Rights.'
    
 
   
     In general, under Rule  144 as currently in  effect, a shareholder who  has
beneficially  owned for at least two years shares privately acquired directly or
indirectly from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company, and persons who
are affiliates of the Company, will  be entitled to sell within any  three-month
period  a number of shares that  does not exceed the greater  of (i) 1.0% of the
outstanding shares of the Common Stock (approximately 52,400 shares  immediately
after  completion  of  the  Offering,  or  approximately  56,900  shares  if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is  exercised in full)  or (ii) the  average
weekly  trading  volume  in the  Common  Stock  during the  four  calendar weeks
preceding  such  sale.  Sales  under  Rule  144  are  also  subject  to  certain
requirements  relating to the manner and notice  of sale and the availability of
current public information about the Company.
    
 
     The Company,  each  of its  directors  and officers  and  each  shareholder
holding  more than  1.0% of  the outstanding Common  Stock have  agreed with the
Underwriters not to  offer, sell or  otherwise dispose of  any shares of  Common
Stock  or options or  any other rights to  acquire shares of  Common Stock for a
period of 180 days after the date  of this Prospectus without the prior  written
consent  of Volpe, Welty &  Company except for shares  offered or sold under the
Company's stock-based benefit plans.
 
   
     The Company has reserved 853,500 shares of Common Stock for issuance  under
the  Stock Option  Plan. At  appropriate times  subsequent to  completion of the
Offering, the Company may file registration statements under the Securities  Act
to  register the Common Stock to be  issued under this plan. After the effective
date of  such registration  statement, shares  issued under  this plan  will  be
freely   tradeable  without  restriction  or   further  registration  under  the
Securities Act, unless acquired by affiliates of the Company.
    
 
     Prior to the Offering, there  has been no market  for the Common Stock.  No
predictions can be made with respect to the effect, if any, that public sales of
shares  of the Common Stock or the availability  of shares for sale will have on
the market price of  the Common Stock after  the Offering. Sales of  substantial
amounts  of the Common Stock in the public market following the Offering, or the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of
the Common Stock or the ability of the Company to raise capital through sales of
its equity securities.
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to  the terms  and conditions  of the  Underwriting Agreement,  the
Company  has  agreed  to sell  to  each  of the  underwriters  named  below (the
'Underwriters'), and each of such Underwriters, for whom Volpe, Welty &  Company
is  acting  as representative  (the 'Representative'),  has agreed  severally to
purchase from the Company, the respective  number of shares of Common Stock  set
forth  opposite its name  below. The Underwriters are  committed to purchase and
pay for all shares if any shares are purchased.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                                SHARES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>
Volpe, Welty & Company.................................................
 
                                                                          ---------
          Total........................................................   3,000,000
                                                                          ---------
                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
     The Representative has advised the Company that the Underwriters propose to
offer the shares of Common  Stock to the public  at the initial public  offering
price  set forth on the cover page of  this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $      per share, of which $
may  be reallocated  to other  dealers. After  the initial  public offering, the
public offering price, concession and reallowance  to dealers may be reduced  by
the  Representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be
received by the Company as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
   
     The Company has granted  the Underwriters an option  for thirty days  after
the  date of this Prospectus to purchase,  at the initial public offering price,
less the underwriting discounts and commissions  as set forth on the cover  page
of  this Prospectus, up to 450,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the same
price per share as the Company receives for the 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, solely  to cover  over-allotments, if any.  If the  Underwriters
exercise  their over-allotment  option, the Underwriters  have severally agreed,
subject to certain  conditions, to  purchase approximately  the same  percentage
thereof  that the number  of shares of Common  Stock to be  purchased by each of
them, as shown in the foregoing table,  bears to the 3,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock  offered hereby. The  Underwriters may exercise such  option only to cover
the over-allotments  in connection  with the  sale of  the 3,000,000  shares  of
Common Stock offered hereby.
    
 
     Each  of the Company's directors and  officers and each shareholder holding
more than 1.0% of the  outstanding Common Stock has  agreed not to offer,  sell,
contract  to  sell  or  otherwise  dispose of  the  Common  Stock  or securities
convertible into  or  exchangeable for,  or  any  other rights  to  purchase  or
acquire,  Common  Stock for  a period  of 180  days following  the date  of this
Prospectus, without the  prior written consent  of Volpe, Welty  & Company.  The
Company  also  has agreed  not to  offer,  sell, contract  to sell  or otherwise
dispose of any  shares of  Common Stock or  any securities  convertible into  or
exchangeable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire, Common Stock for a
period  of 180  days following  the date  of this  Prospectus without  the prior
written consent of Volpe, Welty & Company, except for the granting of options or
the sale of stock pursuant to  the Company's proposed stock option plan.  Volpe,
Welty  & Company,  in its  discretion, may  waive the  foregoing restrictions in
whole or in part, with or without public announcement of such action.
 
     Prior to  the Offering,  there has  been no  public market  for the  Common
Stock.  The initial public offering price of the Common Stock will be determined
by negotiations between the  Company and the  Representative. Among the  factors
that  will be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the
Common Stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company's
historical  performance,  estimates  of  the  business  potential  and  earnings
prospects  of the  Company, an  assessment of  the Company's  management and the
consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuations of companies
in related businesses.
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities  that may  be incurred  in connection  with the  Offering, including
liabilities under  the  Securities  Act,  or to  contribute  payments  that  the
Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity of the shares  of Common Stock offered  hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Howard, Darby & Levin, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters relating to  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby will be  passed
upon  for the Underwriters by Cahill Gordon & Reindel (a partnership including a
professional corporation), New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The financial statements  of Physician Support  Systems, Inc., North  Coast
Health Care Management Group and Medical Management Support, Inc. as of December
31,  1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1994 and for the nine-month period ended September 30,
1995, included in this  Prospectus have been audited  by Deloitte & Touche  LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein, and have been
so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.
    
   
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has  filed with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement under the Securities Act, with respect to
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, filed as part of the
Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in the  Registration
Statement  and reference is made to  the Registration Statement and the exhibits
and schedules thereto for  further information with respect  to the Company  and
the  Common  Stock offered  hereby. Statements  contained herein  concerning the
provisions of any documents are not  necessarily complete, and in each  instance
reference  is made  to the  copy of  such document  filed as  an exhibit  to the
Registration Statement. Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by such
reference. The Registration  Statement, including exhibits  and schedules  filed
therewith,  may be inspected  without charge at  the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission  at Room 1024, Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth  Street,
N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549  and at  the regional  offices of  the Commission
located at 7 World Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York,  New York 10048 and  500
West  Madison  Street,  Room  1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies  of such
materials may be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference  Section
of  the  Commission,  Room  1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450,  Fifth  Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549,  and its public  reference facilities in  New York,  New
York and Chicago, Illinois.
 
     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual reports
containing audited  financial statements  and quarterly  reports for  the  first
three  quarters  of  each  fiscal year  containing  unaudited  summary financial
information.
 
                                       36

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
                                         HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................    F-2
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995...................    F-3
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................    F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the Years ended December 31,
      1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.................................    F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................    F-6
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................    F-7
 
NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................   F-17
     Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995.......................   F-18
     Combined Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................   F-19
     Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and
      for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.........................................................   F-20
     Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995............................................   F-21
     Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................................   F-22
 
MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
 
     Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.................................................   F-25
     Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995................................   F-26
     Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months
      ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995........................................................   F-27
     Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the
      Nine Months ended September 30, 1995.................................................................   F-28
     Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 and for the Nine Months
      ended September 30, 1994 (Unaudited) and 1995........................................................   F-29
     Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................................   F-30
 
                                   PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
     Introduction to Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)...........................................   F-35
     Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..........................................   F-36
     Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Year ended December 31, 1994 (Unaudited)....................   F-37
     Pro Forma Statement of Operations for the Nine Months ended September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)............   F-38
     Notes to Pro Forma Financial Information (Unaudited)..................................................   F-39
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
Mt. Joy, Pennsylvania
 
     We  have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Physician
Support Systems,  Inc. and  Subsidiary as  of  December 31,  1993 and  1994  and
September  30,  1995, and  the  related consolidated  statements  of operations,
common stockholders' equity (deficiency)  and cash flows for  each of the  three
years  in the period ended December 31, 1994 and the nine months ended September
30, 1995. These  financial statements  are the responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,  in
all material respects, the financial position of Physician Support Systems, Inc.
and  Subsidiary as of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years  in
the  period ended December 31, 1994 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
January 8, 1996
New York, New York
 
                                      F-2

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
                               ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents......................................   $   656,505    $   575,045     $    18,609
     Accounts receivable -- billed (net of allowances of $35,000 at
       December 31, 1993 and 1994, and $125,000 at September 30,
       1995)........................................................     1,388,092      1,145,539       1,436,794
     Accounts receivable -- unbilled................................     3,000,060      3,207,364       3,948,738
     Prepaid expenses...............................................       297,022        221,194         199,459
     Other current assets...........................................       270,208        328,018         246,965
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total current assets......................................     5,611,887      5,477,160       5,850,565
Property and equipment -- net.......................................     3,511,849      2,982,757       2,577,952
Intangible assets -- net............................................    16,596,892     14,242,663      12,488,051
Deferred income taxes...............................................       --             --              579,322
Other assets........................................................        47,092         30,521         122,164
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total.....................................................   $25,767,720    $22,733,101     $21,618,054
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          LIABILITIES AND COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable...............................................   $   221,277    $   316,683     $   245,600
     Accrued expenses...............................................     1,940,092      2,132,419       2,516,218
     Short-term borrowings..........................................       --             --              400,000
     Current portion of long-term debt..............................     1,266,667      1,466,667       1,995,333
     Current portion of other long-term liabilities.................     1,011,834      1,037,115         686,372
     Deferred income taxes..........................................       866,715        742,733       1,358,515
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total current liabilities.................................     5,306,585      5,695,617       7,202,038
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Long-term debt......................................................    16,664,096     15,197,430      14,225,097
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Other long-term liabilities.........................................     1,721,223      1,623,391       1,238,122
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Deferred income taxes...............................................     1,008,214        322,293         --
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Commitments and contingencies
Redeemable preferred stock:
     Par value $.01 per share: authorized 10,000 shares; 10%
       Preferred Stock, Series A and B, stated value $500 per share,
       outstanding 2,000, 2,120 and 2,382.032 shares of each series
       at December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995,
       respectively.................................................     2,000,000      2,120,000       2,382,032
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Common stockholders' deficiency:
     Common stock, par value $.01 per share:
       authorized 5,000 shares; outstanding 1,600 shares............            16             16              16
     Additional paid-in capital.....................................       127,984        127,984         127,984
     Accumulated deficit............................................    (1,060,398)    (2,353,630)     (3,557,235)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                          (932,398)    (2,225,630)     (3,429,235)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
          Total.....................................................   $25,767,720    $22,733,101     $21,618,054
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           --------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                              1992         1993          1994          1994          1995
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Revenue..................................  $8,123,359   $13,080,015   $18,772,920   $14,788,827   $14,630,988
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages..................   3,100,517     5,898,379     8,866,498     6,552,343     7,233,522
     General and administrative..........   2,020,847     4,291,026     6,722,621     5,121,350     5,019,914
     Depreciation and amortization.......   1,781,289     2,565,868     3,348,752     2,522,393     2,549,054
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total operating expenses.......   6,902,653    12,755,273    18,937,871    14,196,086    14,802,490
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) from operations............   1,220,706       324,742      (164,951)      592,741      (171,502)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Other expenses:
     Interest expense....................   1,043,484     1,261,939     1,525,850     1,148,843     1,058,598
     Other, net..........................     (10,164)       38,415       186,334       188,940        (2,694)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
          Total other expenses...........   1,033,320     1,300,354     1,712,184     1,337,783     1,055,904
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (benefit)..............................     187,386      (975,612)   (1,877,135)     (745,042)   (1,227,406)
Income taxes (benefit)...................     171,353      (303,130)     (809,903)     (381,580)     (285,833)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)........................  $   16,033   $  (672,482)  $(1,067,232)  $  (363,462)  $  (941,573)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net  (loss)  per  share..................  $  (114.98)   $  (553.63)  $   (811.27)  $   (331.66)  $   (713.30)
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding......       1,600         1,600         1,600         1,600         1,600
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                           ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       TOTAL COMMON
                                                        COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL                   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                      ----------------     PAID-IN      ACCUMULATED       EQUITY
                                                      SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL        DEFICIT      (DEFICIENCY)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992...........................    1,600     $ 16      $127,984     $    (3,949)    $   124,051
     Net income....................................     --       --          --              16,033          16,033
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (200,000)       (200,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
Balance, December 31, 1992.........................    1,600       16       127,984        (187,916)        (59,916)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --            (672,482)       (672,482)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (200,000)       (200,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
Balance, December 31, 1993.........................    1,600       16       127,984      (1,060,398)       (932,398)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --          (1,067,232)     (1,067,232)
     Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash
       dividends...................................     --       --          --            (120,000)       (120,000)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions......     --       --          --            (106,000)       (106,000)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
Balance, December 31, 1994.........................    1,600       16       127,984      (2,353,630)     (2,225,630)
     Net loss......................................     --       --          --            (941,573)       (941,573)
     Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash
       dividends...................................     --       --          --            (262,032)       (262,032)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
Balance, September 30, 1995........................    1,600     $ 16      $127,984     $(3,557,235)    $(3,429,235)
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
                                                      ------    ------    ----------    -----------    ------------ 
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------------------
                                                                             1992         1993          1994
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income (loss)..................................................  $   16,033   $  (672,482)  $(1,067,232)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
       activities:
          Pension liability provision...................................      --            18,360         6,920
          Deferred landlord reimbursement...............................      --           --            667,495
          Deferred rent.................................................      --           --                851
          Depreciation and amortization.................................   1,781,289     2,565,868     3,348,752
          Deferred income taxes.........................................     171,353      (303,130)     (809,903)
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment....................       7,744         3,795       202,798
          Provision for doubtful accounts receivable....................      --            35,000        63,203
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- billed............................    (264,489)       64,776       179,350
               Accounts receivable -- unbilled..........................    (267,140)      208,446      (207,304)
               Prepaid expenses.........................................     (84,411)      (59,347)       75,828
               Other current assets.....................................     (12,638)     (156,208)      (57,810)
               Other assets.............................................      (1,642)        1,642        16,571
               Accounts payable.........................................      10,999      (117,839)       95,406
               Accrued expenses.........................................      17,748       112,101       192,327
               Operating improvement reserve............................      --           (15,738)     (761,504)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash provided by operating activities...........   1,374,846     1,685,244     1,945,748
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of Spring, net of cash acquired........................      --        (2,720,854)      --
     Capital expenditures...............................................    (140,118)     (130,369)     (534,745)
     Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment...................      --            16,735       161,050
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities...............    (140,118)   (2,834,488)     (373,695)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from long-term borrowings.................................      --         8,000,000       --
     Proceeds from short-term borrowings................................      --           --            --
     Principal payments on long-term debt...............................  (1,295,269)   (6,216,731)   (1,266,666)
     Principal payments on capital lease obligations....................     (12,286)     (141,919)     (280,847)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions...........................    (200,000)     (200,000)     (106,000)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
                      activities........................................  (1,507,555)    1,441,350    (1,653,513)
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................    (272,827)      292,106       (81,460)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..........................     637,226       364,399       656,505
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period................................  $  364,399   $   656,505   $   575,045
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Supplemental investing activity:
     Fair value of Spring assets acquired...............................  $   --       $12,657,486   $   --
     Cash acquired......................................................      --          (312,146)
     Liabilities assumed................................................      --        (2,124,486)      --
     Subordinated note issued...........................................      --        (5,500,000)      --
     Reserve for Spring office move and consolidation...................      --        (2,000,000)      --
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                    Net cash paid for acquisition.......................  $   --       $ 2,720,854   $   --
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.............................................  $1,015,881   $ 1,086,525   $ 1,328,405
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
     Capital lease obligations incurred in acquisition of equipment.....  $  224,125   $    84,702   $   294,534
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                          ----------   -----------   -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                        -----------------------
                                                                            1994        1995
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
     Net income (loss)..................................................$  (363,462) $ (941,573)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
       activities:
          Pension liability provision...................................        622       6,298
          Deferred landlord reimbursement...............................    --          (60,657)
          Deferred rent.................................................    --          248,343
          Depreciation and amortization.................................  2,522,393   2,549,054
          Deferred income taxes.........................................   (381,580)   (285,833)
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment....................    202,798       6,695
          Provision for doubtful accounts receivable....................    --           90,000
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- billed............................   (171,017)   (381,255)
               Accounts receivable -- unbilled..........................   (402,558)   (741,374)
               Prepaid expenses.........................................     13,224      21,735
               Other current assets.....................................   (120,051)     81,053
               Other assets.............................................       (922)    (91,643)
               Accounts payable.........................................    202,572     (71,083)
               Accrued expenses.........................................    157,270     383,799
               Operating improvement reserve............................   (465,620)   (761,232)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash provided by operating activities...........  1,193,669      52,327
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
     Acquisition of Spring, net of cash acquired........................    --           --
     Capital expenditures...............................................   (184,137)   (396,332)
     Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment...................    161,050      --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities...............    (23,087)   (396,332)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
     Proceeds from long-term borrowings.................................    --           --
     Proceeds from short-term borrowings................................    --          400,000
     Principal payments on long-term debt...............................   (916,666)   (443,667)
     Principal payments on capital lease obligations....................   (216,536)   (168,764)
     Redeemable preferred stock distributions...........................   (106,000)     --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash (used in) provided by financing
                      activities........................................ (1,239,202)   (212,431)
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents....................    (68,620)   (556,436)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..........................    656,505     575,045
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period................................$   587,885  $   18,609
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Supplemental investing activity:
     Fair value of Spring assets acquired...............................$   --       $   --
     Cash acquired......................................................
     Liabilities assumed................................................    --           --
     Subordinated note issued...........................................    --           --
     Reserve for Spring office move and consolidation...................    --           --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                    Net cash paid for acquisition.......................$   --       $   --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
     Cash paid for interest.............................................$ 1,182,893  $  982,496
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
     Capital lease obligations incurred in acquisition of equipment.....$   294,534  $   --
                                                                        -----------  ----------
                                                                        -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
     a.  Description  of  the Business  --  Physician Support  Systems,  Inc. (a
Delaware corporation) and Subsidiary (the 'Company') are engaged in the business
of providing  business  management  services  to  primarily  hospital-affiliated
physicians.
 
     b.  Business Combination -- On August  12, 1993 (effective August 1, 1993),
the Company  acquired 100  percent of  the outstanding  common stock  of  Spring
Anesthesia  Group,  Inc.  ('Spring')  for  approximately  $8,533,000,  including
approximately $3,033,000  in  cash  and a  $5,500,000  subordinated  note.  This
acquisition  was  accounted for  under the  purchase  method of  accounting and,
accordingly, the net assets acquired were  recorded at their fair values on  the
effective  date  of  acquisition.  Results of  operations  for  Spring  from the
effective date of  acquisition through  December 31,  1993 are  included in  the
Company's  consolidated statement of operations for  the year ended December 31,
1993. The  excess purchase  price over  fair  value of  net assets  acquired  of
approximately  $5,756,000 is being amortized on the straight-line method over 20
years.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     a. Principles  of Consolidation  -- The  consolidated financial  statements
include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Spring. All
significant  intercompany  balances  and transactions  have  been  eliminated in
consolidation.
 
     b. Revenue Recognition -- The Company estimates fees that will be  invoiced
upon  collection of physician  accounts receivable and  recognizes such revenues
when substantially  all  services to  be  performed  by the  Company  have  been
completed.  Accounts receivable  -- unbilled, represents  amounts recognized for
services rendered but not yet invoiced and is based on the Company's estimate of
the fees  that  will  be  collected  from  clients  when  patient  accounts  are
collected.  The Company provides for additional  costs necessary to complete the
collection process.
 
     Accounts receivable  -- billed,  primarily represents  amounts invoiced  to
clients. The Company provided $35,000, $63,203 and $90,000 for doubtful accounts
in  the  years  ended December  31,  1993 and  1994  and the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1995, respectively,  and wrote off  $-0-, $63,203 and  $-0-against
its  allowance for doubtful  accounts in the  years ended December  31, 1993 and
1994 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995, respectively.
 
     c. Cash and  Cash Equivalents --  The Company considers  its highly  liquid
overnight investments to be cash equivalents.
 
     d.  Cash in  Escrow -- The  Company holds  cash collected on  behalf of its
physician customers  in escrow  and  remits amounts  due to  physicians  weekly.
Approximately  $200,400, $2,178,600 and $1,460,700 of  cash in escrow was offset
against due to physicians  on the Company's balance  sheet at December 31,  1993
and 1994 and September 30, 1995, respectively.
 
     e.  Property and Equipment -- Depreciation and amortization are computed on
a straight-line basis over the shorter  of estimated useful lives of the  assets
or lease terms.
 
     f.  Intangible Assets -- Amortization is  computed on a straight-line basis
over estimated  useful lives  of the  assets.  On an  annual basis  the  Company
compares the carrying value of its goodwill to an estimate of the Company's fair
value  to  evaluate  the  reasonableness of  the  carrying  value  and remaining
amortization period. Fair  value is  computed using projections  of future  cash
flows.
 
     g. Income Taxes -- The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with
Statement  of Financial Accounting  Standards ('SFAS') No.  109, 'Accounting for
Income Taxes,' which requires an asset and liability approach to accounting  for
income  taxes. Deferred income tax assets  and liabilities are computed annually
for differences between  the financial  statement and  tax bases  of assets  and
liabilities  that will  result in taxable  or deductible amounts  in the future,
based on enacted tax laws and
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
rates applicable to  periods in  which the  differences are  expected to  affect
taxable  income.  Income taxes/benefit  is  the tax  payable/receivable  for the
period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred income tax  assets
and liabilities.
 
     h.  Net   (Loss)  Per  Share -- Net  (loss) per common  share is calculated
using  the  weighted  average number of common shares outstanding during each of
the periods.
 
     i. Unaudited Interim Financial Statements -- In the opinion of  management,
the  Company  has  made all  adjustments,  consisting of  only  normal recurring
accruals, necessary for fair presentation of the results of operations and  cash
flows  for  the  nine  months  ended September  30,  1994  as  presented  in the
accompanying unaudited financial statements.
 
3. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The unaudited consolidated results  of operations on a  pro forma basis  as
though Spring had been acquired as of January 1, 1992 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1992           1993
                                                                            -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>            <C>
Revenue..................................................................   $21,067,583    $20,535,293
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
Net loss.................................................................   $  (631,082)   $(1,008,099)
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
Net loss per share.......................................................   $   (394.43)   $   (630.06)
                                                                            -----------    -----------
                                                                            -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                   ESTIMATED     ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  USEFUL LIFE       1993          1994           1995
                                                  -----------    ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                               <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Furniture and fixtures.........................         7        $  488,051    $  528,914     $   619,060
Equipment......................................         5         1,652,148     1,535,445       1,664,497
Computer software..............................         5         2,650,000     2,650,000       2,650,000
Vehicles.......................................         5            16,768        16,768          27,768
Leasehold improvements.........................        10            63,017       310,760         460,126
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                  4,869,984     5,041,887       5,421,451
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization.................................                   1,358,135     2,059,130       2,843,499
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 $3,511,849    $2,982,757     $ 2,577,952
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                ESTIMATED     --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               USEFUL LIFE       1993           1994            1995
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Physician contracts.........................       6 - 10     $ 9,883,290    $ 9,883,290     $ 9,883,290
Noncompetition agreements...................            5       3,727,042      3,727,042       3,727,042
Excess purchase price over fair value of net
  assets acquired...........................           20       6,076,005      6,076,005       6,076,005
Other.......................................            5         441,458        441,458         441,458
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                               20,127,795     20,127,795      20,127,795
Less accumulated amortization...............                    3,530,903      5,885,132       7,639,744
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              $16,596,892    $14,242,663     $12,488,051
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
6. ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                               ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1993          1994           1995
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
Estimated costs necessary to complete the collection process
  for unbilled receivables..................................   $  758,041    $  853,411     $   882,105
Accrued payroll, benefits and related liabilities...........      517,394       483,275         619,380
Accrued interest............................................      391,349       588,795         664,895
Other.......................................................      273,308       206,938         349,838
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                               $1,940,092    $2,132,419     $ 2,516,218
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                               ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
7. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                1993           1994            1995
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                          <C>            <C>            <C>
Bank fixed note, 7.6% until August 11, 1996, national
  commercial rate plus 1.5% from August 12, 1996 through
  August 1, 1998, payable monthly, $133,333 through August
  1, 1996, $150,000 through August 1, 1997, $166,667
  through August 1, 1998 and $250,000 on August 1, 1998...   $ 7,600,000    $ 6,333,334     $ 5,516,667
Bank term note, national commercial rate plus 1%, payable
  on February 28, 1996....................................       --             --              200,000
Bank term note, national commercial rate plus 1 1/4%,
  payable monthly $13,500 from August 1, 1995 through
  September 1, 1996 and $11,000 on October 1, 1996........       --             --              173,000
Subordinated notes, 13%, payable $1,500,000 on August 30,
  1997 and 1998...........................................     3,000,000      3,000,000       3,000,000
Subordinated notes, 9% on the first $1,350,000 due August
  30, 1997, 0% on the remainder, payable on August 30,
  1998....................................................     1,830,763      1,830,763       1,830,763
Spring acquisition subordinated note, 7.1%, payable on
  August 12, 2003.........................................     5,500,000      5,500,000       5,500,000
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                              17,930,763     16,664,097      16,220,430
Less current portion......................................     1,266,667      1,466,667       1,995,333
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                             $16,664,096    $15,197,430     $14,225,097
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                             -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  loan agreement between the Company and the bank (the 'Bank Agreement')
and certain of the subordinated notes have covenants which restrict the  payment
of  dividends  on common  stock and  provide that  various financial  limits and
ratios be maintained.  The Company is  in compliance with  all covenants of  the
Bank  Agreement as amended on February 25, 1994. In addition, the Bank Agreement
requires an annual prepayment of the fixed rate note equal to 50 percent of  the
Company's cash flow as defined.
 
     The  bank  fixed rate  note is  secured by  all assets  of the  Company. In
addition, the stockholders have pledged their shares of common stock to the bank
as additional collateral.
 
     The bank's national commercial rate was 8.75% at September 30, 1995.
 
     During the year ended  December 31, 1993, the  interest rate on the  Spring
acquisition  subordinated note was  negotiated from 8% to  7.6%. During the year
ended  December  31,  1994,  the   interest  rate  on  the  Spring   acquisition
subordinated note was negotiated from 7.6% to 7.1%.
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  aggregate amount of  maturities of long-term  debt after September 30,
1995 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   YEAR ENDING
                  SEPTEMBER 30,                                            AMOUNT
                  -------------                                            ------
 
                      <S>                                                    <C>
                      1996...........................................   $ 1,995,333
                      1997...........................................     4,677,667
                      1998...........................................     4,047,430
                      1999...........................................        --
                      2000...........................................       --
                      Thereafter.....................................     5,500,000
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        $16,220,430
                                                                        -----------
                                                                        -----------
</TABLE>
 
     In addition to the above, at  September 30, 1995, the Company had  borrowed
$400,000 under its line of credit with its bank. See Note 14.
 
8. INCOME TAXES
 
     The income tax benefit (expense) consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ---------------------------------    -----------------------
                                                       1992         1993        1994         1994          1995
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Federal:
     Current......................................   $  --        $  --       $  --        $  --         $  --
     Deferred.....................................     (71,893)    272,668     520,339       163,169      317,520
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                       (71,893)    272,668     520,339       163,169      317,520
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
State:
     Current......................................      --           --          --           --            --
     Deferred.....................................     (99,460)     30,462     289,564       218,411      (31,687)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                       (99,460)     30,462     289,564       218,411      (31,687)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                     $(171,353)   $303,130    $809,903     $ 381,580     $285,833
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
                                                     ---------    --------    --------    -----------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
 <S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Deferred income tax assets:
     Net operating loss carryforwards...............................   $   935,014    $   689,212     $ 1,678,588
     Valuation reserve for state net operating loss carryforwards...       --             (69,374)       (153,821)
     Spring operating reserve.......................................       748,259        459,791         173,547
     Other..........................................................        51,249        208,979         329,853
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                         1,734,522      1,288,608       2,028,167
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Deferred income tax liabilites:
     Physician contracts............................................    (2,095,726)      (847,369)       (708,709)
     Unbilled receivables...........................................      (916,448)      (947,005)     (1,590,281)
     Depreciation and amortization..................................      (595,761)      (554,877)       (503,987)
     Other..........................................................        (1,516)        (4,383)         (4,383)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                        (3,609,451)    (2,353,634)     (2,807,360)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Net deferred income tax liability...................................   $(1,874,929)   $(1,065,026)    $  (779,193)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  net deferred  income tax liability  is classified  in the consolidated
balance sheet as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       --------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                          1993           1994            1995
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
Net current liability...............................................   $  (866,715)   $  (742,733)    $   --
Net long-term asset.................................................       --             --              579,322
Net long-term liability.............................................    (1,008,214)      (322,293)     (1,358,515)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
Net long-term asset.................................................   $(1,874,929)   $(1,065,026)    $  (779,193)
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
                                                                       -----------    -----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate and the effective
rate of the provision for income taxes consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  --------------------------    --------------------
                                                                  1992      1993       1994        1994        1995
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>            <C>
Statutory Federal income tax rate..............................   34.0%     (34.0)%    (34.0)%     (34.0)%     (34.0)%
State income taxes, net of Federal income tax benefits.........    9.1       (9.0)      (4.3)       (4.4)       (6.2)
Nondeductible items............................................    4.4        6.1        6.2        11.9         7.5
Disallowed state net operating loss deduction..................   43.9       13.5       --         --           --
Change in state tax laws allowing previously disallowed prior
  years state net operating loss deduction.....................    --        --         (8.7)      (27.2)       --
State net operating loss carryforwards valuation allowance.....    --        --          3.7        10.9         9.4
Effect of changes in state income tax rates on deferred income
  tax assets and liabilities...................................    --        --         (6.0)       (8.4)       --
Prior year items...............................................    --        (7.7)      --         --           --
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
Effective income tax rate......................................   91.4%     (31.5)%    (43.1)%     (51.2)%     (23.3)%
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
                                                                  ----      -----      -----    -----------    -----
</TABLE>
 
     As of December 31, 1994, the  Company has net operating loss  carryforwards
for Federal income tax purposes of approximately $1,724,000 which expire between
2007 and 2009.
 
     In  October 1995,  the Internal  Revenue Service  ('IRS') examined  the tax
returns of the Company for the years ended August 31, 1992 and 1993. As a result
of the  examination, the  estimated  useful lives  for  income tax  purposes  of
certain  physician contracts were adjusted to correspond to the estimated useful
lives for  financial statement  purposes of  10  years. The  effect of  the  IRS
examination was a reduction in the Company's net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $1,995,000.
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
9. OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
     Other long-term liabilities consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            1993          1994           1995
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Reserve for Spring operations move, consolidation and improvement.....   $1,984,262    $1,222,758     $   461,526
Capitalized lease obligations.........................................      730,435       744,122         575,358
Pension liability (Note 10)...........................................       18,360        25,280          31,578
Deferred landlord reimbursement.......................................       --           667,495         606,838
Deferred rent.........................................................       --               851         249,194
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                          2,733,057     2,660,506       1,924,494
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Less current portion:
     Reserve for Spring operations consolidation and improvement......      761,504       806,246         461,526
     Capitalized lease obligations....................................      250,330       230,869         224,846
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                          1,011,834     1,037,115         686,372
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         $1,721,223    $1,623,391     $ 1,238,122
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     On  August 1,  1993 (the  date on which  the Company  acquired Spring), the
Company established  a  $2,000,000  reserve  for  the  move,  consolidation  and
improvement  of the Spring operations. Such reserve was an estimate of the costs
of consolidating operations of the Spring billing offices into one new  location
in a lower cost area and modifying the operating approach to include elements of
the PSS methodology. The Company classifies the portion of this reserve expected
to be disbursed within the next twelve months as a current liability.
 
     The  following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital
leases and the present value of the  minimum lease payments as of September  30,
1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING
                SEPTEMBER 30,                                                        AMOUNT
                ------------                                                         ------
 
                     <S>                                                                <C>
                     1996.........................................................   $262,562
                     1997.........................................................    221,671
                     1998.........................................................    109,923
                     1999.........................................................     51,112
                     2000.........................................................      --
                                                                                     --------
                 Total minimum lease payments.....................................    645,268
                 Less amount representing interest................................    (69,910)
                                                                                     --------
                 Present value of minimum lease payments (of which $224,846 is due 
                     within one year).............................................   $575,358
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
 
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     Spring   provides   pension  benefits   to   eligible  employees   under  a
noncontributory defined benefit pension plan.  Benefits are earned on the  basis
of  credited service and employees' highest five consecutive plan years' average
compensation. The  Plan  was frozen  effective  July 1,  1993.  Accordingly,  no
further   benefits  accrue  to  eligible  employees  after  July  1,  1993,  the
accumulated benefit obligation becomes equal to the projected benefit obligation
as of that date,  and all benefits  become vested as of  that date. The  Company
makes  contributions to  the plan  as necessary  to satisfy  the minimum funding
requirements of ERISA.
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  assumptions  used   in
determining the pension obligations as of December 31, 1993 and 1994:
 
<TABLE>
           <S>                                                                    <C>
      Discount rate -- pre-retirement.........................................   7.0%
      Discount rate -- post-retirement........................................   5.0
      Expected long-term rate of return on assets.............................   7.0
</TABLE>
 
     Assets of the plan consist primarily of investments in stocks and corporate
and government bonds.
 
     Pension cost includes the following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1993         1994
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Service cost -- benefits earned during the period.............................   $  --        $  --
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.................................    (142,407)    (142,660)
Return on plan assets -- actual...............................................      46,331       69,574
Net amortization and deferral.................................................      94,834       66,166
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
          Net pension cost....................................................   $  (1,242)   $  (6,920)
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
                                                                                 ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The  funded status of the pension plan at December 31, 1993 and 1994 was as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1993           1994
                                                                             -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>
Projected benefit obligation (100% vested)................................   $(2,157,713)   $(1,911,160)
Plan assets at fair value.................................................     2,132,433      1,740,219
                                                                             -----------    -----------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.....................       (25,280)      (170,941)
Unrecognized net loss.....................................................         6,920        145,661
                                                                             -----------    -----------
     Accrued pension cost.................................................   $   (18,360)   $   (25,280)
                                                                             -----------    -----------
                                                                             -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company established  a 401(k)  plan that covers  substantially all  PSS
employees  with one year of  service age 21 or  older effective January 1, 1994.
The Company  did not  make  any contribution  to the  plan  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1994 or for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.
 
11. COMMITMENTS
 
     a.  Operating  Leases --  Future  minimum annual  rental  commitments under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEAR ENDING
                      SEPTEMBER 30,                                         TOTAL
                      ------------                                          -----
                         <S>                                                <C>
                         1996.........................................   $1,102,203
                         1997.........................................      585,107
                         1998.........................................      454,776
                         1999.........................................      459,948
                         2000.........................................      535,191
                         Thereafter...................................    1,225,965
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $4,363,190
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Rent expense  was approximately  $351,000, $810,000,  $1,143,000,  $831,700
(unaudited) and $1,009,000 for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994 and
nine months ended September 30, 1994 (unaudited) and 1995, respectively.
 
     b.  Letter of Credit -- The  Company has a letter of  credit from a bank in
the amount of approximately  $121,000 at September 30,  1995 in connection  with
one of its self-insured employee medical plans.
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
12. COMMON STOCK
 
     All  common  stockholders of  the Company  are  parties to  a Shareholders'
Agreement (the 'Agreement') dated  August 31, 1991.  The Agreement requires  the
Company to repurchase, at the request of any stockholder, up to 5 percent of the
shares of common stock outstanding on each August 30 from 2006 through 2010 at a
predetermined  multiple  of  earnings per  share  as defined.  In  addition, the
Company is required to repurchase,  at the request of  any stockholder, up to  5
percent  of the shares of  common stock outstanding on  each August 30 from 2016
through 2020 at a price  per share to be determined  at the time of  repurchase.
The  Agreement terminates on the earlier of (a) August 30, 2021, (b) the sale of
all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (c) the sale of more than
20% of the outstanding common stock of the Company pursuant to a public offering
registered under the Securities  Act of 1933  or (d) the  merger of the  Company
into  another entity where (i)  the Company is not  the surviving entity or (ii)
the common stockholders of  the Company do  not own at least  a majority of  the
common stock of the surviving entity.
 
13. REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
     On August 30, 1991, the Company issued 2,000 shares of 10% Preferred Stock,
Series  A (the 'Series A Stock') and 2,000 shares of 10% Preferred Stock, Series
B (the 'Series B Stock') (together, the '10% Preferred Stock'). On February  28,
1994,  February 28, 1995 and August 31, 1995, the Company issued stock dividends
of 120 shares, 127.2 shares and  134.832 shares, respectively, of 10%  Preferred
Stock,  Series A and 120 shares,  127.2 shares and 134.832 shares, respectively,
of 10% Preferred Stock, Series B in lieu of cash dividends.
 
     The Series  A  Stock dividends  are  cumulative and  payable  semiannually.
Should the Company merge into or consolidate with an entity such that at least a
majority  of the common stock of the surviving  entity is not held by the common
stockholders of record as of August 30, 1991, unpaid dividends shall then accrue
at the rate of 12  percent per annum from the  latest dividend date. Should  the
Company  fail to  pay dividends  when due,  the holders  of Series  A Stock will
receive in lieu of  cash dividends additional shares  of preferred stock with  a
face  amount equal  to the amount  of unpaid cash  dividends, at the  rate of 12
percent per annum, having identical terms to Series A Stock.
 
     The Series A  Stock has  no voting rights  except that  the Company  cannot
change  the powers, preferences  or rights of  the 10% Preferred  Stock or issue
securities senior to the 10% Preferred Stock without the approval of a  majority
of the holders of the 10% Preferred Stock.
 
     The  Company must redeem  all outstanding shares  of Series A  Stock on the
earlier of August  31, 1998 or  the date on  which 60 percent  of the  Company's
common  stock is  first held  by persons other  than the  common stockholders of
record as of August 30, 1991. The Series A Stock will be redeemed at its  stated
value  plus an amount equal to all  accrued and unpaid dividends (whether or not
declared) to the date of redemption. The Company may at any time prior to August
31, 1998 redeem all, or any number  less than all, of the outstanding shares  of
Series  A Stock at  their stated value plus  an amount equal  to all accrued and
unpaid dividends (whether or not declared) to the date of redemption.
 
     Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders  of
Series  A Stock shall be entitled to receive their pro rata share of any payment
or distribution before  any such payment  or distribution shall  be made on  any
common  stock  or on  any other  preferred stock  issued but  not approved  by a
majority of the holders of 10% Preferred Stock.
 
     The Series B  Stock is  identical to  the Series  A Stock  except that  the
Series  B  Stock is  exchangeable in  whole or  in  part, at  the option  of the
Company, into 10% Senior Subordinated Notes  on any dividend date subsequent  to
December  31, 1994, provided the  Company has paid all  dividends accrued to the
date of such exchange.
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                 PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994
     AND FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
     Subsequent to September 30, 1995, the Company incurred professional fees in
connection with a proposed business transaction. The Company has been reimbursed
for all fees incurred in connection with the proposed transaction.
 
     On December 15, 1995,  the Company increased  the total availability  under
its  line  of credit  to  $600,000, and  borrowed  $100,000, bringing  its total
outstanding borrowings under its line of credit to $500,000.
 
     On December  21, 1995,  the Company  sold 1,100  shares of  10%  Redeemable
Preferred Stock, Series A, stated value $500 per share, for $550,000.
 
                                      F-16

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT
Cleveland, Ohio
 
     We  have audited  the accompanying combined  balance sheets  of North Coast
Health Care Management, Inc., Medical Dental Invoicing Services, Inc., and North
Coast Account Systems,  Inc. (collectively 'North  Coast Health Care  Management
Group')  as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and the related
combined statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows for
the years ended  December 31,  1992, 1993  and 1994  and the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1995.  These financial statements  are the  responsibility of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility  is  to express  an opinion  on  these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such combined financial  statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the combined  financial position of  North Coast Health  Care
Management Group as of December 31, 1993 and 1994 and September 30, 1995 and the
combined  results of their operations, their stockholders' equity and their cash
flows for the years ended December 31,  1992, 1993 and 1994 and the nine  months
ended  September  30,  1995  in conformity  with  generally  accepted accounting
principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
December 29, 1995
Cleveland, Ohio
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                            1993          1994           1995
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
                                ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents........................................   $   54,674    $  614,977     $   379,799
     Accounts receivable (Note 2):
          Billed......................................................       81,319        16,635         155,651
          Unbilled....................................................    1,407,953     1,217,733       1,250,820
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets........................       14,686        22,119          32,050
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total current assets........................................    1,558,632     1,871,464       1,818,320
Property and Equipment, net (Note 4)..................................      479,037       411,612         318,863
Intangibles and Other Assets..........................................       97,462        65,989           2,387
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
               Total..................................................   $2,135,131    $2,349,065     $ 2,139,570
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
 
                 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
     Note payable to bank under line of credit (Note 5)...............   $   20,000    $   65,000     $    75,000
     Current portion of note payable to bank (Note 5).................       40,000        33,333
     Accounts payable.................................................      167,280       170,501          95,646
     Accrued compensation.............................................      636,946       537,446         931,590
     Deferred revenue.................................................                                     23,440
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total current liabilities...................................      864,226       806,280       1,125,676
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Note Payable to Bank, less current portion (Note 5)...................       33,333
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
Stockholders' Equity:
     Common stock, no par value; 750 shares authorized; 100 shares
       issued and outstanding at December 31, 1993, 1994, and
       September 30, 1995.............................................        2,000         2,000           2,000
Retained earnings.....................................................    1,235,572     1,540,785       1,011,894
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
          Total stockholders' equity..................................    1,237,572     1,542,785       1,013,894
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
               Total..................................................   $2,135,131    $2,349,065     $ 2,139,570
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
                                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1992          1993          1994          1994           1995
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenue....................................   $5,828,162    $6,204,952    $5,791,893    $ 4,204,184    $4,376,442
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Operating Expenses:
     Salaries and wages....................    3,580,036     4,201,601     3,241,805      2,537,732     2,802,117
     General and administrative............    1,983,942     2,001,539     2,043,313      1,419,544     1,381,868
     Depreciation and amortization.........      152,553       154,605       169,782        127,336       128,826
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses.........    5,716,531     6,357,745     5,454,900      4,084,612     4,312,811
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Income (loss) from Operations..............      111,631      (152,793)      336,993        119,572        63,631
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Other Income (Expense):
     Interest expense......................      (31,183)      (13,478)      (43,423)       (29,753)      (19,154)
     Interest income.......................        3,164         5,062        11,643          1,170           396
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Other income (expense), net......      (28,019)       (8,416)      (31,780)       (28,583)      (18,758)
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Net Income (Loss)..........................   $   83,612    $ (161,209)   $  305,213    $    90,989    $   44,873
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       COMMON STOCK                        TOTAL
                                                                     ----------------     RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                     SHARES    AMOUNT     EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992..........................................     100     $2,000    $1,313,169     $ 1,315,169
     Net income...................................................                           83,612          83,612
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1992........................................     100     2,000      1,396,781       1,398,781
     Net loss.....................................................                         (161,209)       (161,209)
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993........................................     100     2,000      1,235,572       1,237,572
     Net income...................................................                          305,213         305,213
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994........................................     100     2,000      1,540,785       1,542,785
     Net income...................................................                           44,873          44,873
     Cash distribution to shareholders............................                         (573,764)       (573,764)
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995.......................................     100     $2,000    $1,011,894     $ 1,013,894
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
                                                                     ------    ------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                    ----------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                                      1992         1993         1994         1994          1995
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
                                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)..............................................   $  83,612    $(161,209)   $305,213     $  90,989     $  44,873
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
     by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization...............................     152,553      154,605     169,782       127,336       128,826
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Accounts receivable.......................................    (219,572)     142,200     254,904       (24,080)     (172,103)
       Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................       3,508      (14,537)     (7,433)      (14,602)       (9,931)
       Other assets..............................................         (51)     (40,669)       (527)         (346)       39,752
       Accounts payable..........................................      46,786       83,601       3,222       (99,686)      (74,855)
       Accrued compensation......................................     106,382      101,948     (99,500)      263,128       394,144
       Deferred revenue..........................................                                                           23,440
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided by operating activities..............     173,218      265,939     625,661       342,739       374,146
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash flows from investing activities -- Capital expenditures.....     (53,949)     (49,578)    (70,358)      (70,100)      (12,227)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net borrowings (repayments) on line of credit..................      50,000     (215,000)     45,000       285,000        10,000
  Principal payments on note payable to bank.....................     (40,000)     (40,000)    (40,000)      (29,999)      (33,333)
  Borrowing (repayment) of note payable to officer...............    (100,000)                               100,000
  Cash distribution to shareholders..............................                                                         (573,764)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
          Net cash provided (used) by financing activities.......     (90,000)    (255,000)      5,000       355,001      (597,097)
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.............      29,269      (38,639)    560,303       627,640      (235,178)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.....................      64,044       93,313      54,674        54,674       614,977
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year...........................   $  93,313    $  54,674    $614,977     $ 682,314     $ 379,799
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid during the year for interest.........................   $  31,183    $  13,478    $ 43,423     $  29,753     $  19,154
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
                                                                    ---------    ---------    --------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
     North   Coast  Health  Care  Management,  Inc.,  Medical  Dental  Invoicing
Services, Inc., and North Coast Account Systems, Inc. (collectively 'North Coast
Health Care Management Group'  or, the 'Company')  provide various services  for
physicians  located  primarily  in  northeast  Ohio.  North  Coast  Health  Care
Management, Inc. (an  S corporation)  provides practice  management services  to
both  hospital  and  non-hospital  based  physicians.  Medical  Dental Invoicing
Services, Inc.  (a C  corporation) performs  billing services  solely for  North
Coast  Health Care Management, Inc. customers,  and North Coast Account Systems,
Inc. (a C corporation) performs accounts receivable collection services for  the
same  clients. The  C corporations  have no  taxable income,  and no significant
temporary differences or net operating loss carryforwards.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles of Combination -- The combined financial statements include  the
accounts  of  the  Company  due  to  common  ownership  and/or  management.  All
intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
     Revenue Recognition --  The Company  estimates fees that  will be  invoiced
upon  collection of physician  accounts receivable and  recognizes such revenues
when all services to be performed  by the Company have been completed.  Accounts
receivable-billed,  primarily represents  amounts invoiced  to clients. Accounts
receivable-unbilled, represents amounts recognized for services rendered but not
yet invoiced and is  based on the  Company's estimate of the  fees that will  be
collected from clients when patient accounts are collected.
 
     Property  and Equipment -- Depreciation and amortization are computed using
the straight-line method over the estimated  useful lives of the assets or  life
of the lease.
 
     Intangible  Assets  --  Amortization is  computed  using  the straight-line
method over five years.
 
     Unaudited Interim Financial Statements -- In the opinion of management, the
Company has made all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring  accruals,
necessary  for fair presentation of the results of operations and cash flows for
the nine  months ended  September  30, 1994  as  presented in  the  accompanying
unaudited financial statements.
 
3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     An  officer  and  director of  the  Company  has an  ownership  interest in
physicians groups that are also clients of the Company. Transactions with  these
groups accounted for revenue and accounts receivable as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                       1992          1993          1994          1994           1995
                                    ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues.........................   $3,205,000    $3,152,000    $2,799,000    $ 2,100,000    $1,988,000
Accounts receivable..............      931,000       848,000       718,000                      781,000
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 ----------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                         DESCRIPTION                               1993         1994           1995
                         -----------                             --------    ----------    -------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>           <C>
Office equipment..............................................   $633,198    $  703,556     $   715,783
Furniture and fixtures........................................    165,531       165,531         165,531
Leasehold improvements........................................    137,525       137,525         137,525
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
     Total....................................................    936,254     1,006,612       1,018,839
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization................    457,217       595,000         699,976
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
Property and equipment, net...................................   $479,037    $  411,612     $   318,863
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
                                                                 --------    ----------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
5. DEBT ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Lines  of Credit -- The Company has  a total of $400,000 in unsecured lines
of credit available from a bank with  interest (9.75% at September 30, 1995)  at
the prime lending rate plus one percent.
 
     Note Payable to Bank -- The Company had an unsecured note payable to a bank
in  monthly installments of $3,333 plus interest  at prime lending rate plus one
percent. This loan was fully paid in September 1995.
 
6. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
     The Company provides  defined contribution  employee benefit  plans to  the
employees  of  North  Coast  Health Care  Management,  Inc.  and  Medical Dental
Invoicing Services, Inc. The Company's contributions to the plan are based  upon
a  percentage of wages (10% for North  Coast Health Care Management, Inc. and 5%
for Medical Dental Invoicing  Services, Inc.). The  total expense recognized  by
the  Company for the years  ended December 31, 1992, 1993  and 1994 and the nine
months ended September 30, 1995 for the defined contribution plans is  $152,000,
$158,000, $145,000 and $113,000, respectively.
 
7. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
     The  Company has various operating leases for automobiles and office space.
Rent expense incurred by the Company is:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   PERIOD ENDED                                       AMOUNT
                                   ------------                                      --------
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>
December 31, 1992.................................................................   $309,000
December 31, 1993.................................................................    325,000
December 31, 1994.................................................................    331,000
Nine months ended September 30, 1995..............................................    227,000
</TABLE>
 
     Effective August 1, 1995, the Company  entered into a new office lease  for
$19,519 a month. This lease expires in November 2002.
 
                                      F-23
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    NORTH COAST HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT GROUP
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993 AND 1994 AND
         THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
     The  remaining future minimum rental  commitments under these noncancelable
operating leases, including the new office lease, are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING
                 DECEMBER 31,                                                 AMOUNT
                 ------------                                                 ------
 <S>                                                                            <C>
                     1995................................................   $   72,674
                     1996................................................      296,495
                     1997................................................      283,445
                     1998................................................      252,926
                     1999................................................      234,228
                 Thereafter..............................................      663,646
                                                                            ----------
                     Total...............................................   $1,803,414
                                                                            ----------
                                                                            ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
 
     We  have  audited the  accompanying  balance sheets  of  Medical Management
Support, Inc. as of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995, and  the
related  statements of operations, stockholders' equity  and cash flows for each
of the three years  in the period  ended December 31,  1994, and the  nine-month
period   ended  September   30,  1995.   These  financial   statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express  an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, such financial statements  present fairly, in all material
respects, the  financial position  of  Medical Management  Support, Inc.  as  of
December  31, 1993  and 1994,  and September  30, 1995,  and the  results of its
operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years  in
the  period ended December  31, 1994, and the  nine-month period ended September
30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
January 5, 1996
Seattle, Washington
 
                                      F-25

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
               DECEMBER 31, 1993 AND 1994, AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                               1993        1994          1995
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
                                  ASSETS
Current assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents............................................   $135,679    $217,890      $  86,234
     Accounts receivable -- Billed........................................     14,001       1,974         10,463
     Accounts receivable -- Unbilled......................................    121,715     182,468        189,881
     Accounts receivable -- Related parties...............................        312       1,150
     Prepaid expenses.....................................................     13,540      12,712          7,472
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total current assets............................................    285,247     416,194        294,050
Property and equipment, net...............................................     32,410       8,499         31,012
Other assets..............................................................      4,501       4,333          4,333
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
               Total......................................................   $322,158    $429,026      $ 329,395
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
     Accounts payable.....................................................   $ 16,259    $ 11,477      $  18,508
     Stockholder dividends payable........................................     95,000     150,000
     Accrued expenses.....................................................     17,651      25,106         33,208
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total current liabilities.......................................    128,910     186,583         51,716
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
Deferred rent.............................................................     26,209      20,525         11,124
Stockholders' equity:
     Common stock, $.10 par -- Authorized, 5,000,000 shares; issued, 100
       shares.............................................................         10          10             10
     Additional paid-in capital...........................................        990         990            990
     Retained earnings....................................................    166,039     220,918        265,555
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
          Total stockholders' equity......................................    167,039     221,918        266,555
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
               Total......................................................   $322,158    $429,026      $ 329,395
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
                                                                             --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-26
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
      AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                           DECEMBER 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              --------------------------------------    -------------------------
                                                 1992          1993          1994          1994           1995
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenue....................................   $1,232,117    $1,153,064    $1,437,229    $ 1,062,075    $1,115,514
Operating expenses:
     Salaries and wages....................      567,086       473,064       454,058        343,617       440,838
     Salaries and wages -- Related
       parties.............................      124,632        72,800       112,441         69,851        39,558
     General and administrative............      294,670       278,186       260,816        191,972       184,748
     General and administrative -- Related
       parties.............................       18,297        14,539        27,859         21,835        20,590
     Depreciation and amortization.........       63,327        54,053        21,387         18,437         3,264
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses.........    1,068,012       892,642       876,561        645,712       688,998
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Income from operations.....................      164,105       260,422       560,668        416,363       426,516
Other Expense:
     Interest expense......................        6,737         2,379            46             38            27
     Other, net............................       (4,487)       (2,277)          743          2,342        36,852
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
          Total other expenses.............        2,250           102           789          2,380        36,879
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
Net income.................................   $  161,855    $  260,320    $  559,879    $   413,983    $  389,637
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
                                              ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                 AND NINE-MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           ADDITIONAL                     TOTAL
                                                       COMMON    STOCK      PAID-IN      RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                       SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
<S>                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
Balance, January 1, 1992............................     100      $ 10        $990       $ 221,114      $ 222,114
     Net income.....................................                                       161,855        161,855
     Dividends......................................                                      (200,000)      (200,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1992..........................     100        10         990         182,969        183,969
     Net income.....................................                                       260,320        260,320
     Dividends......................................                                      (277,250)      (277,250)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1993..........................     100        10         990         166,039        167,039
     Net income.....................................                                       559,879        559,879
     Dividends......................................                                      (505,000)      (505,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, December 31, 1994..........................     100        10         990         220,918        221,918
     Net income.....................................                                       389,637        389,637
     Dividends......................................                                      (345,000)      (345,000)
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
Balance, September 30, 1995.........................     100      $ 10        $990       $ 265,555      $ 266,555
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
                                                       ------    ------    ----------    ---------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
      AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  -----------------------------------    ------------------------
                                                    1992         1993         1994          1994          1995
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Operating activities:
     Net income................................   $ 161,855    $ 260,320    $ 559,879     $ 413,983     $ 389,637
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
       cash provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization........      63,327       54,053       21,387        18,437         3,264
          Loss on disposal of assets...........       8,160        6,836        6,803        10,943            64
          Cash provided (used) by changes in
            operating assets and liabilities:
               Accounts receivable -- Billed...      10,103       (9,900)      12,027         6,535        (8,489)
               Accounts receivable --
                 Unbilled......................        (509)      50,180      (60,753)      (63,740)       (7,419)
               Accounts receivable -- Related
                 parties.......................                                  (838)         (690)        1,150
               Prepaid expenses................       3,792       (8,918)         828         6,877         5,240
               Other assets....................        (168)                      168           168
               Accounts payable................       5,374          222       (4,782)        3,183         7,031
               Accrued expenses................      (8,812)      (3,581)       7,455         9,631         8,102
               Other long-term liabilities.....      (2,638)       4,802       (5,684)       (2,752)       (9,401)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash provided by operating
       activities..............................     240,484      354,014      536,490       402,575       389,179
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Investing activities:
     Capital expenditures......................     (10,659)     (10,300)      (4,279)       (4,279)      (25,835)
     Proceeds from sale of assets..............       2,300
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash used by investing activities.....      (8,359)     (10,300)      (4,279)       (4,279)      (25,835)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Financing activities:
     Principal payments on long-term debt......     (18,303)     (78,287)
     Dividends paid............................    (185,000)    (222,250)    (450,000)     (450,000)     (495,000)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     Net cash used in financing activities.....    (203,303)    (300,537)    (450,000)     (450,000)     (495,000)
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents..................................      28,822       43,177       82,211       (51,704)     (131,656)
Cash and cash equivalents:
     Beginning of year.........................      63,680       92,502      135,679       135,679       217,890
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
     End of year...............................   $  92,502    $ 135,679    $ 217,890     $  83,975     $  86,234
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
  information:
     Cash paid during the year for interest....   $   6,737    $   2,379    $      46     $      38     $      27
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                  ---------    ---------    ---------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 1: DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
     Medical  Management  Support,  Inc.  (the  Company  or  MMS),  a Washington
S-Corporation, is  engaged  in the  business  of providing  accounts  receivable
management,  billing, collection,  and related business  services for healthcare
providers concentrated in the greater Seattle metropolitan area. The Company was
incorporated in 1981.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     For physician billing activities, the Company recognizes client fee revenue
on the accrual basis. Practice management  revenue is based on a percentage  fee
of  net provider collections  of receivables from  patient and insurance company
billings. Client fees  are calculated  at month end  and billed  to clients  the
following month.
 
     A  portion of  the unbilled  receivable is based  on an  estimate of future
practice management revenue from outstanding provider receivables. The estimated
amount is calculated  by multiplying  client fee  percentages times  outstanding
provider  accounts receivable  balances, less estimated  provider write-offs and
less estimated  costs  to  collect.  This portion  of  the  unbilled  receivable
estimate is calculated and adjusted quarterly.
 
     In addition to normal billing activities, the Company periodically performs
special  project or  consulting work.  This work is  billed to  clients based on
actual time at standard hourly billing rates.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     The  Company  grants  credit  to  its  customers  for  services  performed;
resulting  accounts receivable  are not collateralized.  Accounts receivable are
charged directly against earnings when they are determined to be  uncollectible.
Management does not expect use of this method to result in a material difference
from  the allowance valuation  method required by  generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Cash  and  cash  equivalents  are   cash  and  short-term,  highly   liquid
investments  with maturities of 90 days or  less that are readily convertible to
known amounts of cash and present an insignificant risk of changes in  principle
amount  due to interest  rate fluctuations. Periodically,  the Company maintains
deposits in a money market account with  a brokerage firm which are not  covered
under  federally insured programs. The money market account invests primarily in
U.S. Government-backed securities.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment  are stated at  cost. Depreciation and  amortization
are  provided by using the straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives
of three to four years.
 
                                      F-30
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
     Expenses  incurred  related  to  nondirect  advertising  are  expensed   as
incurred.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
     As  the Company  is classified as  an S-Corporation, all  taxable income or
loss is included in  the stockholders' individual  tax returns. These  financial
statements  do  not include  a  provision for  income  taxes. In  the  event the
S-election is terminated the Company will be responsible for income taxes at the
corporate level.
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     The preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosures  of contingent assets  and liabilities at the  date of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     The interim financial information as of and for the nine-month period ended
September  30, 1994, was prepared by the Company in a manner consistent with the
audited  financial  statements.  The  unaudited  information,  in   management's
opinion, reflects all adjustments that are of a normal recurring nature and that
are  necessary  to present  fairly the  results for  the periods  presented. The
results of operations for  the nine-month period ended  September 30, 1995,  are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.
 
NOTE 2: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTY
 
     Accounts  receivable at December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995,
consist of various accounting services performed by a related party for  Medical
Management  Support,  Inc.  Certain partners  of  the  firm own  a  combined 80%
interest in the Company.
 
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE TO RELATED PARTY
 
     Included in accounts payable at December  31, 1993 and 1994, and  September
30,  1995,  are  payables to  related  parties  of $11,420,  $3,608  and $2,996,
respectively.
 
SUBLEASE AGREEMENTS
 
     The Company subleases office space to a related party at $120 per month and
subleases office space from them at $150 per month.
 
                                      F-31
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 3: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                        ESTIMATED     --------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       USEFUL LIFE      1993        1994          1995
                                                       -----------    --------    --------    -------------
 
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
Furniture, fixtures, and office equipment...........       3-4        $ 56,687    $ 58,016      $  58,016
Computer equipment..................................         3         104,823      91,133         72,852
Computer software...................................         3          42,953      36,702         37,320
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                       204,463     185,851        168,188
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......                   172,053     177,352        137,176
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                      $ 32,410    $  8,499      $  31,012
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
                                                                      --------    --------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
     Efficiency in medical billing services is dependent on the use of the  most
recent technology and systems. Investment in new computer equipment and software
is required on a continuing basis due to technical obsolescence.
 
NOTE 4: OFFICE LEASE
 
     Medical Management Support, Inc. entered into an operating lease on October
26,  1990, for the  use of space in  an office building.  Terms of the agreement
specified six  months of  free rent  upon  signing the  lease. Rent  expense  is
recognized  on  a  straight-line basis  over  the contractual  lease  term. Rent
expense recognized  during the  free  rent period  has  been recorded  as  other
long-term  liabilities and  is amortized over  the remaining  lease life. Rental
expenses incurred for operating leases amounted to $48,140, $53,349, $52,106 for
the years ended  December 31, 1992,  1993, and 1994,  respectively, and  $33,553
(unaudited)  and $29,504  for the  nine-month periods  ended September  30, 1994
(unaudited) and 1995, respectively.
 
     Minimum rental commitments on  this lease as of  December 31, 1994, are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
1995.....................................................................   $52,000
1996.....................................................................    26,000
                                                                            -------
                                                                            $78,000
                                                                            -------
                                                                            -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5: MAJOR CUSTOMERS
 
     Customers  which represent  10% or  more of  revenue for  each year  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PERCENT OF REVENUE
                                                                  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,      ------------------------
CUSTOMER                                                                1995           1994      1993      1992
- ---------                                                         -----------------    ----      ----      ----
    <S>         <C>                                                   <C>                  <C>       <C>       <C>
    1       ...................................................          21.1%         23.5%     21.3%     17.8%
    2       ...................................................          18.4          20.0      25.0      25.7
    3       ...................................................          19.0          18.7      20.4      21.6
    4       ...................................................          24.4          14.3
    5       ...................................................                                            11.3
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
                                                                         82.9%         76.5%     66.7%     76.4%
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
                                                                        -----          ----      ----      ----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-32
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 6: RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
     Substantially all of the Company's revenue is derived from management  fees
which  are based upon a percentage of net collection of health care receivables,
generated by providers on a fee-for-service basis.
 
     During the  past decade,  federal and  state governments  have  implemented
legislation  designed to  stimulate a reduction  in the increase  in health care
costs and it  is anticipated  that such legislative  initiatives will  continue.
There can be no assurance that current or future government regulations will not
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.
 
     Health  care system reform  and concerns over  rising Medicare and Medicaid
costs continue  to  be  high  priorities  for  the  federal  and  certain  state
governments.  Both the  U.S. House of  Representatives and the  U.S. Senate have
approved bills that would reshape  the Medicare and Medicaid programs.  Although
no  comprehensive health care, Medicare, or  Medicaid reform legislation has yet
been implemented,  pressures to  contain  costs and  other market  reforms  have
impacted  the health care delivery system.  These reforms include cost reduction
initiatives by certain employers, health care providers and third party  payors.
Such  proposed legislation,  market pressures, and  market reforms  could have a
material adverse  effect  on the  Company.  In addition,  existing  governmental
regulations  could adversely affect the  Company's business through, among other
things, its potential  to reduce  the amount  of reimbursement  received by  the
Company's clients for health care services.
 
     Certain  market changes  are occurring in  the health care  market that may
continue regardless of whether comprehensive federal or state health care reform
legislation is  adopted and  implemented  and that  could adversely  affect  the
accounts  receivable management services  provided by the  Company. These market
reforms include  certain  employer  initiatives,  such  as  creating  purchasing
cooperatives  and  contracting for  health care  services for  employees through
managed care  companies (including  health maintenance  organizations),  certain
provider  initiatives,  such as  risk-sharing  among health  care  providers and
managed care companies through capitated contracts and integration of  hospitals
and   physicians  into   comprehensive  delivery  systems,   and  certain  payor
initiatives, such as new alliances between health care providers and third party
payors in  which the  health care  providers are  employed by  such third  party
payors.
 
     The  Company is  also subject to  applicable federal and  state billing and
credit collection agency laws  and regulations. In  general, these laws  provide
for  various fines,  penalties, damages,  and other  assessments for violations,
including possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and certain other  federal
and  state health care programs. Although the Company's management believes that
its billing practices comply  with all applicable laws,  the increased focus  by
governmental agencies on billing practices may have a material adverse effect on
the industry and the Company.
 
NOTE 7: STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
     The shareholders have a stock purchase agreement providing for the transfer
of  shares in the event  of a stockholder death  or other disposition. No shares
may be disposed of without first offering them to the existing shareholders. The
agreement provides for a 90-day cash out of their capital balance at the date of
purchase, and a five-year payout based  on an amount equal to the  stockholders'
proportionate  interest  in the  earnings  of the  Company  over the  five years
subsequent to the purchase.
 
                                      F-33
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SUPPORT, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (Continued)
                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992, 1993, 1994,
                          AND NINE-MONTH PERIODS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 (UNAUDITED) AND 1995
 
NOTE 8: ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     ------------------    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                      1993       1994          1995
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
 <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Accrual for compensated absences..................................   $ 9,418    $13,361       $15,266
City, state, and federal taxes....................................     7,292     11,397        17,942
Other.............................................................       941        348
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
                                                                     $17,651    $25,106       $33,208
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
                                                                     -------    -------    -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
     Subsequent to September  30, 1995, and  continuing as of  the date of  this
report,  the  stockholders of  the  Company have  reached  an agreement  to sell
substantially all of the assets  and liabilities of Medical Management  Support,
Inc.  to another company. It is anticipated an agreement can be reached and that
sale will take place in early 1996.
 
                                      F-34

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
     The  following unaudited  pro forma  financial information  gives effect to
(i)the acquisitions by  Physician Support Systems,  Inc. ('PSS')of the  Acquired
Businesses   (North  Coast  Health  Care  Management  Group  ('NCHCM'),  Medical
Management Support,  Inc. ('MMS')  and Data  Processing Systems,  Inc.  ('DPS'))
effective  upon the completion of  this offering and (ii)  the sale of 3,000,000
shares of  common stock  offered by  the Company  at an  assumed initial  public
offering  price  of $10  per  share and  the  application of  the  estimated net
proceeds therefrom as  described under  'Use of Proceeds.'  The acquisitions  of
NCHCM,  MMS and DPS will be accounted  for as purchases. The unaudited pro forma
financial statements are  derived from  the historical  financial statements  of
PSS, NCHCM, MMS and DPS and estimates and assumptions set forth below and in the
notes to the unaudited pro forma financial statements.
 
     The  unaudited pro forma balance sheet  gives effect to the acquisitions by
PSS of NCHCM, MMS and DPS as if such acquisitions had occurred on September  30,
1995.  Such pro  forma balance  sheet is  derived from  the audited consolidated
balance sheet of PSS and Subsidiary as of September 30, 1995, included elsewhere
in this prospectus, as well as the audited balance sheets of NCHCM and MMS as of
September 30, 1995,  included elsewhere  in this prospectus,  and the  unaudited
balance sheet of DPS as of September 30, 1995.
 
     The  unaudited  pro forma  statements of  operations present  unaudited pro
forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 and nine months
ended September 30, 1995. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma statements  of
operations,  the acquisitions by  PSS of NCHCM,  MMS and DPS  are included as if
such acquisitions  had occurred  on January  1, 1994.  The unaudited  pro  forma
statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1994 is derived from the
audited  consolidated statement of operations of PSS and Subsidiary for the year
ended December 31, 1994  and the audited statements  of operations of NCHCM  and
MMS  for the year ended December 31, 1994 included elsewhere in this prospectus,
as well as  the unaudited  statement of  operations of  DPS for  the year  ended
December  31, 1994. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the nine
months ended  September  30,  1995  is derived  from  the  audited  consolidated
statement  of operations  of PSS and  Subsidiary, and the  audited statements of
operations of  NCHCM  and MMS  for  the nine  months  ended September  30,  1995
included  elsewhere in  this prospectus  as well  as the  unaudited statement of
operations of DPS for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.
 
     Pro forma  adjustments  are  based upon  preliminary  estimates,  available
information  and  certain  assumptions that  management  deems  appropriate. The
unaudited pro forma financial information  presented herein are not  necessarily
indicative  of  the results  the  company would  have  obtained had  such events
occurred at the beginning of the period, as assumed, or of the future results of
the company. The  unaudited pro forma  financial information should  be read  in
conjunction  with the financial statements  and notes thereto included elsewhere
in this prospectus.
 
                                      F-35
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                            PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          HISTORICAL                        PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS
                         ---------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                         PHYSICIAN    NORTH                               NORTH
                          SUPPORT     COAST                               COAST
                          SYSTEMS   HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE       MEDICAL           DATA
                            AND     MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT      MANAGEMENT      PROCESSING
                         SUBSIDIARY   GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP          SUPPORT         SYSTEMS    SUBTOTAL
                         ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ----------      ----------  --------
 
<S>                      <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
ASSETS
Cash....................       19        380         86           1       (6,000)(a)       (2,500)(b)       (900)(c)  (8,914)
Billed accounts
  receivable............    1,437        155         10         118                                                    1,720
Unbilled accounts
  receivable............    3,949      1,251        190                                                                5,390
Other current assets....      446         32          8           1                                                      487
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
        Total current
          assets........    5,851      1,818        294         120                                                   (1,317)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
Fixed assets, net.......    2,578        319         31          37                                                    2,965
Intangible assets,
  net...................   12,488                                          6,987(a)         2,234(b)         743(c)   22,452
Other assets............      701          2          4                                                                  707
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           21,618      2,139        329         157          987             (266)          (157)     24,807
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current portion
  long-term debt........    1,995                                                                                      1,995
Current portion other
  long-term
  liabilities...........      686                                                                                        686
Short-term borrowings...      400                                                                                        400
NCHC purchase note......                                                   2,000(a)                                    2,000
Other current
  liabilities...........    4,120      1,126         52                                                                5,298
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
        Total current
          liabilities...    7,201      1,126         52                                                               10,379
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
Long-term debt..........   14,226                                                                                     14,226
Other long-term
  liabilities...........    1,238                    11                                                                1,249
Redeemable preferred
  stock.................    2,382                                                                                      2,382
Common stock............        2          1          1           1           (1)(a)           (1)(b)         (1)(c)       2
Additional paid-in
  capital...............      126                                                                                        126
Retained earnings.......   (3,557)     1,012        265         156       (1,012)(a)         (265)(b)       (156)(c)  (3,557)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           (3,429)     1,013        266         157       (1,013)            (266)          (157)     (3,429)
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                           21,618      2,139        329         157          987             (266)          (157)     24,807
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
                         ---------  ----------    -----       -----     ----------      ----------         -----    --------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                           PRO FORMA
                           OFFERING
                          ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                          -----------      ---------
<S>                      <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Cash....................     13,597(d)        4,683
Billed accounts
  receivable............                      1,720
Unbilled accounts
  receivable............                      5,390
Other current assets....                        487
                          -----------      ---------
        Total current
          assets........                     12,280
                          -----------      ---------
Fixed assets, net.......                      2,965
Intangible assets,
  net...................                     22,452
Other assets............                        707
                          -----------      ---------
                             13,597          38,404
                          -----------      ---------
                          -----------      ---------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOL
Current portion
  long-term debt........     (1,995)(d)       --
Current portion other
  long-term
  liabilities...........                        686
Short-term borrowings...       (400)(d)       --
NCHC purchase note......                      2,000
Other current
  liabilities...........                      5,298
                          -----------      ---------
        Total current
          liabilities...                      7,984
                          -----------      ---------
Long-term debt..........     (8,726)(d)       5,500
Other long-term
  liabilities...........                      1,249
Redeemable preferred
  stock.................     (2,382)(d)       --
Common stock............          3(d)            5
Additional paid-in
  capital...............     27,097(d)       27,223
Retained earnings.......                     (3,557)
                          -----------      ---------
                             27,100          23,671
                          -----------      ---------
                             13,597          38,404
                          -----------      ---------
                          -----------      ---------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             HISTORICAL                       PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENT
                          -------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------
                          PHYSICIAN        NORTH                               NORTH
                           SUPPORT         COAST                               COAST
                           SYSTEMS       HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA
                             AND         MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING
                          SUBSIDIARY       GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS       SUBTOTAL
                          ----------     ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------     --------
 
<S>                       <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Revenues.................    18,773         5,792       1,437        895                                              26,897
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries.....     8,866         3,241         566        391         (850)(e)                             12,214
    General &
      administrative.....     6,724         2,044         289        292                                               9,349
    Depreciation and
      amortization.......     3,348           170          21         33          401(f)     121(f)       40(f)        4,134
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                             18,938         5,455         876        716                                              25,697
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Income from operations...      (165)          337         561        179                                               1,200
Other income (expense)
    Interest.............    (1,526)          (43)      --         --                                                 (1,569)
    Other................      (186)           11          (1)     --                                                   (176)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                             (1,712)          (32)         (1)     --                                                 (1,745)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)..............    (1,877)          305         560        179                                                (545)
Income taxes (benefit)...      (810)        --          --            71          301(h)     176(h)      (16)(h)        (278)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Net income (loss)........    (1,067)          305         560        108                                                (267)
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
                          ----------     ----------  ----------    -----        -----      -----         ---        --------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding............
Net income per share.....
 
<CAPTION>
 
                            PRO FORMA
                            OFFERING
                           ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                           -----------     ---------
<S>                           <C>           <C>
Revenues.................                    26,897
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries.....                    12,214
    General &
      administrative.....                     9,349
    Depreciation and
      amortization.......                     4,134
                           -----------     ---------
                                             25,697
                           -----------     ---------
Income from operations...                     1,200
Other income (expense)
    Interest.............      1,067(g)        (502)
    Other................                      (176)
                           -----------     ---------
                                               (678)
                           -----------     ---------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)..............                       522
Income taxes (benefit)...        427(h)         149
                           -----------     ---------
Net income (loss)........                       373
                           -----------     ---------
                           -----------     ---------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding............                  5,240,000
                                           ---------
Net income per share.....                     $0.07 (i)
                                           ---------
                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          HISTORICAL                        PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS
                        ----------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                        PHYSICIAN     NORTH                               NORTH
                         SUPPORT      COAST                               COAST
                         SYSTEMS    HEALTHCARE   MEDICAL       DATA     HEALTHCARE       MEDICAL           DATA
                           AND      MANAGEMENT  MANAGEMENT  PROCESSING  MANAGEMENT      MANAGEMENT      PROCESSING
                        SUBSIDIARY    GROUP      SUPPORT     SYSTEMS      GROUP          SUPPORT         SYSTEMS    SUBTOTAL
                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------      ----------      ----------  --------
 
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>         <C>
Revenues...............    14,631      4,376       1,116        718                                                   20,841
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries...     7,233      2,802         481        235         (675)(e)                                  10,076
    General &
      administrative...     5,020      1,382         205        141                                                    6,748
    Depreciation and
      amortization.....     2,549        129           3         24          301(f)          90(f)           30(f)     3,126
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                           14,802      4,313         689        400                                                   19,950
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Income from
  operations...........      (171)        63         427        318                                                      891
Other income (expense)
    Interest...........    (1,059)       (19)      --         --                                                      (1,078)
    Other..............         3      --            (37)     --                                                         (34)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                           (1,056)       (19)        (37)     --                                                      (1,112)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)............    (1,227)        44         390        318                                                     (221)
Income taxes
  (benefit)............      (286)     --          --           126          167(h)         120(h)          (12)(h)      115
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Net income (loss)......      (941)        44         390        192                                                     (336)
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
                        ----------  ----------  ----------    -----        -----          -----             ---     --------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding..........
Net income per share...
 
<CAPTION>
 
                          PRO FORMA
                          OFFERING
                         ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                         -----------      ----------
<S>                     <C>               <C>
Revenues...............                       20,841
Operating expenses:
    Wages & salaries...                       10,076
    General &
      administrative...                        6,748
    Depreciation and
      amortization.....                        3,126
                            -----         ----------
                                              19,950
                            -----         ----------
Income from
  operations...........                          891
Other income (expense)
    Interest...........       721(g)            (357)
    Other..............                          (34)
                            -----         ----------
                                                (391)
                            -----         ----------
Income (loss) before
  income taxes
  (benefit)............                          500
Income taxes
  (benefit)............       288(h)             404
                            -----         ----------
Net income (loss)......                           96
                            -----         ----------
                            -----         ----------
Weighted average shares
  outstanding..........                    5,240,000
                                          ----------
Net income per share...                        $0.02(i)
                                          ----------
                                          ----------
</TABLE>
 
                  See notes to pro forma financial statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
                    NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
     (a)  Adjustment to  reflect the acquisition  of NCHCM by  PSS. The purchase
price of $8,000,000 is allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Current assets...............................................................     $ 1,818
Fixed assets.................................................................         319
Other assets.................................................................           2
Intangible assets............................................................       6,987
Current liabilities..........................................................      (1,126)
                                                                                -----------
               Total purchase price..........................................     $ 8,000
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
        Intangible assets include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Physician contracts..........................................................     $ 1,691
Non-compete agreement........................................................         295
Goodwill.....................................................................       5,001
                                                                                -----------
               Total intangible assets.......................................     $ 6,987
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Physician contracts......................................................      10 years
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
        The NCHC purchase note bears no interest and is payable in equal monthly
   installments over the 12 months following the acquisition.
 
     (b) Adjustment to reflect the acquisition of MMS by PSS. The purchase price
of $2,500,000 is allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
 
<S>                                                                             <C>
Current assets...............................................................     $   278
Fixed assets.................................................................          31
Other assets.................................................................          20
Intangible assets............................................................       2,234
Current liabilities..........................................................         (52)
Long-term liabilities........................................................         (11)
                                                                                -----------
               Total purchase price..........................................     $ 2,500
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
             Intangible assets include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ($000S)
                                                                                -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>
Non-compete agreement........................................................     $   100
Goodwill.....................................................................       2,134
                                                                                -----------
               Total intangible assets.......................................     $ 2,234
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                        PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
            NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- (continued)
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
     (c) Adjustment to reflect the acquisition of DPS by PSS. The purchase price
of $900,000 is allocated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ($000S)
                                                                                    -------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Current assets...................................................................    $ 120
Fixed assets.....................................................................       37
Intangible assets................................................................      743
                                                                                    -------
               Total purchase price..............................................    $ 900
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
             Intangible assets include the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    ($000S)
                                                                                    -------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Non-compete agreement............................................................    $ 100
Goodwill.........................................................................      643
                                                                                    -------
               Total intangible assets...........................................    $ 743
                                                                                    -------
                                                                                    -------
</TABLE>
 
        Useful lives assigned to fixed and intangible assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              ESTIMATED
                                                                             USEFUL LIFE
                                                                            --------------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Furniture and fixtures...................................................      7 years
Equipment................................................................      5 years
Leasehold improvements...................................................   Life of lease
Goodwill.................................................................      20 years
</TABLE>
 
        The assumed  purchase price does not reflect any adjustments  associated
   with  i) any  contingent consideration that  may be paid  in conjunction with
   this acquisition or ii) an additional $100,000 of purchase price as a  result
   of  the closing  of the transaction  taking place subsequent  to December 31,
   1995.
 
     (d) Adjustment to  reflect the proceeds  raised from the  offering, net  of
expenses  and  underwriting discount  and the  use of  proceeds to  purchase the
Acquired Businesses and to repay long-term debt.
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
 
     (e) Adjustment to reflect the decrease in compensation expense as a  result
of  employment agreements with NCHCM executive officers entered into as a result
of the acquisition by PSS.
 
     (f) Adjustment to reflect the  increase in amortization expense  associated
with the intangible assets recorded by PSS in purchase accounting related to the
acquisitions.  The goodwill associated with  the acquisitions is being amortized
on a straight line basis over an estimated life of 20 years.
 
     (g) Adjustment to reflect the decrease in interest expense associated  with
the repayment of long-term debt as a result of the offering.
 
     (h) Adjustment to reflect the income tax effects of the acquisitions.
 
     (i)  The weighted  average shares outstanding  used to  calculate pro forma
earnings per share is 5,240,000 shares, representing the number of shares to  be
issued and outstanding as a result of the offering.
 
                                      F-40
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
________________________________________________________________________________
 

  NO  DEALER, SALES  REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY  OTHER PERSON HAS  BEEN AUTHORIZED TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION  OR TO  MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS IN  CONNECTION WITH  THIS
OFFERING  OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT  BE RELIED  UPON AS  HAVING  BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  ANY  UNDERWRITER.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL, OR  A  SOLICITATION  OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY,  ANY
SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES, OR AN OFFER
TO,  OR A SOLICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR
SOLICITATION WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR  ANY
SALE  MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF  OR
THAT  THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN  IS CORRECT AS OF  ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO
THE DATE HEREOF.

 
           ------------------------
 

              TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................      3
Risk Factors...................................      6
The Company....................................      8
Use of Proceeds................................      9
Dividend Policy................................      9
Capitalization.................................     10
Dilution.......................................     11
Selected Financial and Pro Forma Data..........     12
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................     14
Business.......................................     19
Management.....................................     28
Principal Stockholders.........................     31
Certain Transactions...........................     31
Description of Capital Stock...................     32
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................     34
Underwriting...................................     35
Legal Matters..................................     36
Experts........................................     36
Additional Information.........................     36
Index to Financial Information.................    F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------

  UNTIL                           ,   1996   (25  DAYS   AFTER   THE   DATE   OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  COMMON STOCK,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS IN  ADDITION TO  THE  OBLIGATION OF  DEALERS TO  DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

 
 
   
                                3,000,000 SHARES
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                              --------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                           , 1996
                              --------------------
                             VOLPE, WELTY & COMPANY
    
 
________________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

     The  following  table  sets  forth all  expenses,  other  than underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection with the sale of
the Common Stock being registered. All  the amounts shown are estimates,  except
for  the registration fee with the  Securities and Exchange Commission, the NASD
filing fee and the Nasdaq fees.

 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>
SEC Registration fee..............................................................   $ 13,086
NASD filing fee...................................................................      4,296
Nasdaq fees.......................................................................     33,086
Blue Sky fees and expenses*.......................................................     20,000
Printing and engraving expenses*..................................................    135,000
Legal fees and expenses*..........................................................    300,000
Accounting fees and expenses*.....................................................    250,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees*................................................     10,000
Miscellaneous*....................................................................     34,532
                                                                                     --------
          TOTAL*..................................................................   $800,000
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------


* Estimated.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

 
     The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws set forth the  extent
to  which officers or  directors of the  Company may be  indemnified against any
liabilities which they may incur. The general effect of such provisions is  that
any  person made a party to an action,  suit or proceeding by reason of the fact
that he  is  or  was a  director  or  officer  of the  Company,  or  of  another
corporation  or other enterprise which  he served as such  at the request of the
Company, shall  be  indemnified  by  the  Company  against  expenses  (including
attorneys'  fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection  with such action, suit or  proceeding,
to  the  full extent  permitted under  the laws  of the  State of  Delaware. The
Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws give  the Board of  Directors
the  authority to  extend such  indemnification to  employees of  the Company as
well.

 

     The general effect of the  indemnification provisions contained in  Section
145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is as follows: A director or officer
who,  by reason of such directorship or  officership, is involved in any action,
suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)
may  be indemnified  by the  corporation against  expenses (including attorney's
fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and  reasonably
incurred  by him in connection with such  action, suit or proceeding if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed  to
the  best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
A director or  officer who, by  reason of such  directorship or officership,  is
involved  in any action  or suit by  or in the  right of the  corporation may be
indemnified by  the corporation  against  expenses (including  attorneys'  fees)
actually  and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense or
settlement of such action or suit if he  acted in good faith and in a manner  he
reasonably  believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of the
corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim,
issue or matter  as to which  he shall have  been adjudged to  be liable to  the
corporation  unless  and  only  to  the  extent  that  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction shall approve such indemnification.

 

     The Company's Certificate  of Incorporation provides  that, to the  maximum
extent  permitted under the General Corporation Law  of the State of Delaware, a
director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or to  any
of  its stockholders  for monetary  damages for  breach of  fiduciary duty  as a
director of the Company. Section  102(b)(7) of the Delaware General  Corporation
Law  permits a corporation to include in its charter a provision that eliminates
or limits  the  personal liability  of  a director  to  the corporation  or  its
stockholders  for monetary damages  for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director,
provided that such  provision shall not  eliminate or limit  the liability of  a
director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or

 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>

omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation  of law, (iii)  under Section 174 of  the Delaware General Corporation
Law or (iv)  for any  transaction from which  the director  derived an  improper
personal benefit.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

     Since December 1, 1992, the Company has issued the following securities:

 

          As  of  February  28,  1994,  the Company  issued  120  shares  of the
     Company's 10% Preferred  Stock, Series A,  stated value of  $500 per  share
     (the  'Series  A Preferred  Stock'), and  120 shares  of the  Company's 10%
     Preferred Stock, Series B,  stated value of $500  per share (the 'Series  B
     Preferred  Stock'), to holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
     Preferred Stock, respectively,  as of February  15, 1994 as  a dividend  on
     such  capital  stock. Such  issuances were  exempt from  registration under
     Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

          As of February 28, 1995 and August 31, 1995, the Company issued  127.2
     and 134.832 shares, respectively, of Series A Preferred Stock and 127.2 and
     134.832 shares, respectively, of Series B Preferred Stock to holders of the
     Series  A Preferred Stock and  Series B Preferred Stock  as of February 15,
     1995 and  August 15,  1995, respectively,  as a  dividend on  such  capital
     stock.  Such issuances were exempt from  registration under Section 4(2) of
     the Securities Act of 1933.

 

          On December 21,  1995, the  Company issued  1,100 shares  of Series  A
     Preferred   Stock   to   Hillside   Capital   Incorporated   for  aggregate
     consideration  of  $550,000  in  cash.   Such  issuance  was  exempt   from
     registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.

 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
   1.1        -- Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
   2.1        -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 1995 among the Shareholders of NCHC and the Company
 
   2.2        -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 1995 among NCAS, MDIS, the Shareholders of NCAS and  MDIS
                 and the Company
 
   2.3        -- Amended  and  Restated  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated December  7,  1995  among  MM  Support,  the
                 Shareholders of MM Support and PSS-Medical Management Support, Inc.
 
   2.4        -- Asset  Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 1995 among DPS, McGriff, PSS-Data Processing Systems, Inc.
                 and the Company
 
   3.1        -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
 
   3.2**      -- Form  of Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the  Company to  be in  effect  upon
                 completion of the Offering
 
   3.3        -- By-Laws of the Company
 
   3.4*       -- Form of By-Laws of the Company to be in effect upon completion of the Offering
 
   3.5*       -- Shareholders'  Agreement,  dated August 30,  1991, among  PSS and the  holders of  capital stock named
                 therein
 
   4.1**      -- Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of the Company
 
   5.1**      -- Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
 
  10.1        -- Employment Agreement dated August 12, 1993 between Jack R. Kinne and Spring, as amended
 
  10.2        -- Employment Agreement dated August 9, 1995 between Bruce B. Schmoyer and the Company, as supplemented
 
  10.3        -- Agreement of Lease dated August 30, 1991 between the Company and Prospect Realty Company
 
  10.4        -- Office Lease Agreement dated July 20, 1994 between Spring and American Savings Bank, F.A.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                  DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
  10.5***     -- Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 12, 1993 among Meridian Bank, the Company and Spring,
                 as amended
 
  10.6*       -- Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note issued by the Company to Meridian Bank
 
  10.7*       -- Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among Medical Management Sciences, Inc., Managed Imaging, Inc.
                 and PSS
 
  21.1        -- Subsidiaries
 
  23.1*       -- Consent of Deloitte  & Touche LLP,  independent accountants, relating to  the financial statements  of
                 PSS, the NCHC Group and MM Support
 
  23.2**      -- Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
  24.1        -- Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
 
  27.1*       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
*  Filed herewith.
    
 
   
** To be filed by amendment.
    
 
   
*** Amendment No. 3 is filed herewith.
    
 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

          (1)  To provide  to the  underwriter at  the closing  specified in the
     underwriting agreement, certificates in  such denominations and  registered
     in  such names as required by the  underwriter to permit prompt delivery to
     each purchaser.

 
   
          (2)  That  for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under   the
     Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus
     filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
     contained  in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
     424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the  Securities Act shall be deemed to  be
     part  of  this  registration  statement  as of  the  time  it  was declared
     effective.
    
 
   
          (3) That  for  the purpose  of  determining any  liability  under  the
     Securities  Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form
     of prospectus shall be deemed to  be a new registration statement  relating
     to  the securities offered therein, and  the offering of such securities at
     that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of  the
registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such  indemnification is against public  policy as expressed in  the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-3

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement to be  signed
on  its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New
York, State of New York, on January 16, 1996.
    
 
                                          PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
 
   
                                          By      /s/ HAMILTON F. POTTER III
                                             ...................................
                                                NAME: HAMILTON F. POTTER III
                                              TITLE: EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
    
   
    
 
     PURSUANT  TO  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,   THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS  BEEN  SIGNED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  PERSONS  IN  THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATE INDICATED.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------   -------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                            <C>
           /s/ PETER W. GILSON              President, Chief Executive Officer and          January 16, 1996
 .........................................    Director (principal executive officer)
             PETER W. GILSON
 
        /s/ HAMILTON F. POTTER III          Executive Vice President, Chief Operating       January 16, 1996
 .........................................    and Financial Officer and Director
          HAMILTON F. POTTER III              (principal accounting and financial
                                              officer)
 
        /s/ MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III          Director                                        January 16, 1996
 .........................................
          MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-4

                            GRAPHIC APPENDIX

Graphic and Image Information:

Page 2 of the paper format prospectus contains a map of the continental
United States, illustrating that (i) PSS Centralized Processing
Centers exist in Stockton, CA and Mt. Joy, PA; (ii) Main Offices and/or
Processing Facilities of Acquired Businesses exist in Seattle, WA,
Cleveland, OH and Birmingham, AL; (iii) PSS operates in Pennsylvania,
New Jersey, California, Arizona, Florida, Delaware, Maryland, Massachusetts
and Virginia; and (iv) Acquired Businesses operate in Alabama, Kentucky, Ohio,
Washington and West Virginia.

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                            EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT                                                                                                             IN SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                                                     NUMBERING SYSTEM
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                                                                                                <C>
   1.1        -- Proposed Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
   2.1        -- Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 11, 1995 among the Shareholders of NCHC and the Company
 
   2.2        -- Asset Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 1995 among NCAS, MDIS, the Shareholders of NCAS and  MDIS
                 and the Company
 
   2.3        -- Amended  and  Restated  Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated December  7,  1995  among  MM  Support,  the
                 Shareholders of MM Support and PSS-Medical Management Support, Inc.
 
   2.4        -- Asset  Purchase Agreement dated October 16, 1995 among DPS, McGriff, PSS-Data Processing Systems, Inc.
                 and the Company
 
   3.1        -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended
 
   3.2**      -- Form  of Amended  and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  of the  Company to  be in  effect  upon
                 completion of the Offering
 
   3.3        -- By-Laws of the Company
 
   3.4*       -- Form of By-Laws of the Company to be in effect upon completion of the Offering
 
   3.5*       -- Shareholders'  Agreement,  dated August 30,  1991, among  PSS and the  holders of  capital stock named
                 therein
 
   4.1**      -- Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of the Company
 
   5.1**      -- Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
 
  10.1        -- Employment Agreement dated August 12, 1993 between Jack R. Kinne and Spring, as amended
 
  10.2        -- Employment Agreement dated August 9, 1995 between Bruce B. Schmoyer and the Company, as supplemented
 
  10.3        -- Agreement of Lease dated August 30, 1991 between the Company and Prospect Realty Company
 
  10.4        -- Office Lease Agreement dated July 20, 1994 between Spring and American Savings Bank, F.A.
</TABLE>
 
 
<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT                                                                                                             IN SEQUENTIAL
NUMBER                                 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                                                     NUMBERING SYSTEM
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>                                                                                                <C>
  10.5***     -- Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 12, 1993 among Meridian Bank, the Company and Spring,
                 as amended
 
  10.6*       -- Amended and Restated Line of Credit Note issued by the Company to Meridian Bank
 
  10.7*       -- Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among Medical Management Sciences, Inc., Managed Imaging, Inc.
                 and PSS
 
  21.1        -- Subsidiaries
 
  23.1*       -- Consent of Deloitte  & Touche LLP,  independent accountants, relating to  the financial statements  of
                 PSS, the NCHC Group and MM Support
 
  23.2**      -- Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 
  24.1        -- Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
 
  27.1*       -- Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

 
- ------------
 
*  Filed herewith.

** To be filed by amendment.

*** Amendment No. 3 is filed herewith.



<PAGE>




<PAGE>

                          AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                         PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  Stockholders

                  Section 1.1. Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of
stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such
date, time and place either within or without the State of
Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors from time
to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the
annual meeting.

                  Section 1.2. Special Meetings.   Special meetings of
stockholders may be called at any time by the Chairman of the
Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, the
President or the Board of Directors, to be held at such date,
time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as
may be stated in the notice of the meeting.

                  Section 1.3. Notice of Meetings.  Whenever stockholders
are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a
written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state
the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is
called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of
any meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty
days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled
to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage
prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's
address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

                  Section 1.4. Adjournments.  Any meeting of
stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to
time, to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice
need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and
place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the
adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation
may transact any business which might have been transacted at the
original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the
meeting.

                  Section 1.5. Quorum.  At each meeting of stockholders,
except where otherwise provided by law or the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on a matter at the





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum.  For purposes of the foregoing, where a
separate vote by class or classes is required for any matter, the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or
classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum to take action with respect to that vote on
that matter.  Two or more classes or series of stock shall be
considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to
vote together as a single class at the meeting.  In the absence
of a quorum of the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote
on a     matter, the holders of such class so present or represented
may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting of such class from
time to time in the manner provided by Section 1.4 of these by-
laws until a quorum of such class shall be so present or
represented.  Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the
record date for the meeting to the Corporation or to another
corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the
election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly
or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither by entitled to
vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, that the
foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote
stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in
a fiduciary capacity.

                  Section 1.6. Organization.  Meetings of stockholders
shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board if any, or in
the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of
the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice Chairman of the
Board by the President, or in the absence of the President by a
Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a
chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence
of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The
Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary an Assistant
Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the
absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman
of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.

                  Section 1.7. Voting; Proxies.  Unless otherwise
provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder
entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled
to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder
which has voting power upon the matter in question.  If the
certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one
vote for any share on any matter, every reference in these by-
laws to a majority or other proportion of stock shall refer to
such majority or other proportion of the votes of such stock.

                  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of
stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or
persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy

                                       -2-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date,
unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A duly executed
proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable
and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest
sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power, regardless of
whether the interest with which it in coupled is an interest in
the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.  A
stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by
attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an
instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed
proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.

                  Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by
written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors unless the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of
stock entitled to vote thereon present in person or represented
by proxy at such meeting shall so determine.  Directors shall be
elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to
vote on the election of directors.  In all other matters, unless
otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of incorporation
or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy
at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall
be the act of the stockholders.  Where a separate vote by class
or classes is required, the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person
or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such
class, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate
of incorporation or these by-laws.

                  Section 1.8. Fixing Date for Determination of
Stockholders of Record.  In order that the Corporation may
determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at
any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board
of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall
not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of
such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of
Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at
the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which
notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting
is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to
any adjournment of the meeting; provided, that the Board of
Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

                  In order that the Corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other

                                       -3-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders
entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other
lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date,
which record date shall not precede the date upon which the
resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record
date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action.  If
no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of
business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution relating thereto.

                  Section 1.9. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.
The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten days before
every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder
and the number of shares registered in the name of each
ten,stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during
ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior
to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the
meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the
notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced
and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole
time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               Board of Directors

                  Section 2.1. Powers; Number; Qualifications.  The
business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be
otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of incorporation.
The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, the
number thereof to be determined from time to time by the Board.
Directors need not be stockholders.

                  Section 2.2. Election: Term of Office; Resignation;
Removal; Vacancies.  Each director shall hold office until his or
her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her
earlier resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to the
President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless
otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation
shall be necessary to make it effective.  Any director or the
entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause,

                                       -4-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote
at an election of directors.  Whenever the holders of any class
or series of stock are entitled to elect one or more directors.by
the certificate of incorporation, the provisions of the preceding
sentence shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of
a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of
the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the
vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.  Unless otherwise
provided in the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws,
vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any
increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of
the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class or
from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors
then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole
remaining director.  Whenever the holders of any class or classes
of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more
directors by the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and
newly created directorships of such class or classes or series
may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such
class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by the sole
remaining director so elected.

                  Section 2.3. Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the
Board of Directors may be held at such places within or without
the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board may from
time to time determine, and if so determined notice thereof need
not be given.

                  Section 2.4. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the
Board of Directors may be held at any time or place within or
without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of
the Board, if any, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, by
the President or by any two directors.  Reasonable notice thereof
shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting.

                  Section 2.5. Participation in Meetings by Conference
Telephone Permitted.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, members of the
Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board, may
participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as
the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar
communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and
participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                  Section 2.6. Quorum; Vote Required for Action.  At all
meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the entire Board
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  The
vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which
a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board unless the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall require a

                                       -5-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



vote of a greater number.  In case at any meeting of the Board a
quorum shall not be present, the members of the Board present may
adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be
present.

                  Section 2.7. Organization.  Meetings of the Board of
Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if
any, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the Vice
Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence by a
chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary, or in the absence
of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary
of the meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any
Assistant Secretary the chairman of the meeting may appoint any
person to act as secretary of the meeting.

                  Section 2.8. Action by Directors Without a Meeting.
Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation
or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee
thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto
in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

                  Section 2.9. Compensation of Directors.  Unless
otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these
by-laws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix
the compensation of directors.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Committees

                  Section 3.1. Committees.  The Board of Directors may,
by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate
one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more
of the directors of the Corporation, except that the Board of
Directors may not form an executive committee without the
unanimous consent of the Board of Directors, which consent shall
specify the members of the proposed executive committee and
limitations, if any, over the authority of the executive
committee.  The Board may designate one or more directors as
alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the
absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the
member or members thereof present at any meeting and not
disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members
constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent
or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent

                                       -6-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these
by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority
of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but
no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference
to amending the certificate of incorporation (except that a
committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or
resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted
by the Board of Directors, fix the designations and any of the
preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends,
redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the
Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such
shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other
series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the
Corporation or fix the number of shares of any series of stock or
authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of any series),
adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or
substantially all of the Corporation's property and assets,
recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation
or a revocation of a dissolution, removing or indemnifying
directors or amending these by-laws; and, unless the resolution,
these by-laws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so
provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to
declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to
adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.

                  Section 3.2. Committee Rules.  Unless the Board of
Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the
Board may adopt, amend and repeal rules for the conduct of its
business.  In the absence of a provision by the Board or a
provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a
majority of the entire authorized number of members of such
committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of
business, the vote of a majority of the members present at a
meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present
shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each
committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the
Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these by-
laws.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    Officers
                  Section 4.1. Officers; Election.  As soon as
practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders in each
year, the Board of Directors shall elect a President and a
Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among its

                                       -7-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.
The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more
Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a
Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other
officers as the Board may deem desirable or appropriate and may
give any of them such further designations or alternate titles as
it considers desirable.  Any number of offices may be held by the
same person unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-
laws otherwise provide.

                  Section 4.2. Term of Office; Resignation; Removal;
Vacancies.  Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the
Board of Directors electing any officer, each officer shall hold
office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or
until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer may
resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the
President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation
shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless
otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation
shall be necessary to make it effective.  The Board may remove
any officer with or without cause at any time.  Any such removal
shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such
officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election of an
officer shall not of itself create contractual rights.  Any
vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death,
resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board at
any regular or special meeting.

                  Section 4.3. Powers and Duties.  The officers of the
Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management
of the Corporation as shall be stated in these by-laws or in a
resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent
with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally
pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of
the Board.

                  Section 4.4. Chairman of the Board.  The Chairman of
the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be
present and shall have and may exercise such powers as may, from
time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be
provided by law.

                  Section 4.5. Vice Chairman of the Board.  In the
absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the
Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of
Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be
present and shall have and may exercise such powers as may, from
time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be
provided by law.

                  Section 4.6. President.  In the absence of the Chairman

                                       -8-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



of the Board and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the
stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  The President
shall be the chief executive officer and shall have general
charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation and, in
general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of
president of a corporation and such other duties as may, from
time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be
provided by law.

                  Section 4.7. Vice Presidents.  The Vice President or
Vice Presidents, at the request or in the absence of the
President or during the President's inability to act, shall
perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall
have the powers of the President.  If there be more than one Vice
President, the Board of Directors may determine which one or more
of the Vice Presidents shall perform any of such duties; or if
such determination is not made by the Board, the President may
make such determination; otherwise any of the Vice Presidents may
perform an of such duties.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents
shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties
as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her or them by
the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

                  Section 4.8. Secretary.  The Secretary shall have the
duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the
stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book
to be kept for that purpose, shall see that all notices are duly
given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as
required by law, shall be custodian of the records of the
Corporation, may affix the corporate seal to any document the
execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation, is duly
authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same, and, in
general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of
secretary of a corporation and such other duties as may, from
time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or the
President or as may be provided by law.

                  Section 4.9. Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have
charge of and be responsible for all funds, securities, receipts
and disbursements of the Corporation and shall deposit or cause
to be deposited, in the name of the Corporation, all moneys or
other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies or other
depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by or under
authority of the Board of Directors.  If required by the Board,
the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his
or her duties, with such surety or sureties as the Board may
determine.  The Treasurer shall keep or cause to be kept full and
accurate records of all receipts and disbursements in books of
the Corporation, shall render to the President and to the Board,
whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the
Corporation, and, in general, shall perform all the duties

                                       -9-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



incident to the office of treasurer of a corporation and such
other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her
by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

                  Section 4.10. Other Officers.  The other officers, if
any, of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the
management of the Corporation as shall be stated in a resolution
of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these
by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to
their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.
The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give
security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

                  Section 4.11.  Fidelity Bonds.  If required by the
Board of Directors, any officer shall give the Corporation a bond
in a sum and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board,
for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office,
and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her
death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all
books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his or her possession or under his or her control
belonging to the Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      Stock

                  Section 5.1. Certificates.  Every holder of stock in
the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by
or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice
Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or the President or a
Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer,
or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation,
representing the number of shares of stock in the Corporation
owned by such holder.  If such certificate is manually signed by
one officer or manually countersigned by a transfer agent or by a
registrar, any other signature on the certificate may be
facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who
has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a
certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued
by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

                  Each certificate representing shares shall state upon
the face thereof that the Corporation is formed under the laws of
the State of Delaware, the name of the person or persons to whom
such shares have been issued and the number and class of such
shares, and the designation of the class or series, if any, which
such certificate represents.


                                      -10-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one
class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers,
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional
or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof
and the qualifications or restrictions of such preferences and/or
rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or
back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to
represent such class or series of stock; provided, that, except
as otherwise provided by law, in lieu of the foregoing
requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the
certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will
furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights.

                  Section 5.2. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock
Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates.  The Corporation may
issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate
theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal
representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to
indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on
account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

                  Section 5.3. Transfers of Stock.  Transfers of stock
shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person
named in the certificate or by his attorney, lawfully constituted
in writing, and upon surrender of the certificate therefor,
together with such evidence of the payment of transfer taxes and
compliance with other provisions of law as the Corporation or its
transfer agent may require.

                  Section 5.4. Registered Stockholders.  The Corporation
may treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as
the holder thereof, and shall not be bound to recognize any
equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part
of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or
other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of
Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  Miscellaneous

                  Section 6.1. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the
Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

                                      -11-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                  Section 6.2. Seal. The Corporation may have a corporate
seal which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed
thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to
time by the Board of Directors.  The corporate seal may be used
by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed
or in any other manner reproduced.

                  Section 6.3. Waiver of Notice of Meetings of
Stockholders, Directors and Committees.  Whenever notice is
required to be given by law or under any provision of the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before
or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to
notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a
waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends
a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning
of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business
to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee
of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice
unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these
by-laws.

                  Section 6.4. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and
Employees.  The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent
permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party
to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such
person or such person's testator or intestate is or was a
director, officer or employee of the Corporation or serves or
served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise as
a director, officer or employee.  Expenses incurred by any such
person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding shall be
paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it
of an undertaking of such person to repay such expenses if it
shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled
to be indemnified by the Corporation.  The rights provided to any
person by this by-law shall be enforceable against the
Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have relied
upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer
or employee as provided above.  No amendment of this by-law shall
impair the rights of any person arising at any time with respect
to events occurring prior to such amendment.  For purposes of
this by-law, the term "Corporation" shall include any predecessor
of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a
consolidation or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall
include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
employee benefit plan; service "at the request of the
Corporation" shall include service as a director, officer or
employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves

                                      -12-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



services by, such director, officer or employee with respect to
an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee
benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and
action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which
such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the
participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be
action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

                  Section 6.5. Interested Directors; Quorum.  No contract
or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its
directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other
corporation, partnership, association or other organization in
which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable
solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer
is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of
Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or
transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are
counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or
her relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the
committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes
the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested
directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to
his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or
transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders
entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is
specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders;
or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the
Board, a committee thereof or the stockholders.  Common or
interested directors may be counted in determining the presence
of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a
committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

                  Section 6.6. Form of Records.  Any records maintained
by the Corporation in the regular course of its business,
including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books,
may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch cards, magnetic tape,
photographs, microphotographs or any other information storage
device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into
clearly legible form within a reasonable time.  The Corporation
shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any
person entitled to inspect the same.

                  Section 6.7. Amendment of By-Laws.  These by-laws may
be amended or repealed, and new by-laws adopted, by the Board of
Directors, but the stockholders entitled to vote may adopt
additional by-laws and may amend or repeal any by-law whether or
not adopted by them.

                                      -13-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     Offices

                  Section 7.1. Registered Office.  The registered office
of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209
Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the
registered agent in charge thereof shall be The Corporation Trust
Company.

                  Section 7.2. Other Offices.  The Corporation may also
have an office or offices at other places within or without the
State of Delaware.













                                      -14-
<PAGE>




<PAGE>



                  SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, dated August 30, 1991, among
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. (formerly PSS Services
Corporation), a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), the
shareholders of the Corporation named on Schedule I and any
subsequent holder of capital stock of the Corporation who shall
become a signatory to this Agreement (together, the
Shareholders).

                  The Corporation is a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware with an
authorized capitalization of (i) 5,000 shares of Common Stock,
$.01 par value (the "Common Stock") and (ii) 10,000 shares of
preferred stock, $.01 par value (the "Preferred Stock", and
together with the Common Stock, the "Stock").  The Corporation
and the Shareholders deem it in their best interest to enter into
this Agreement.

                  In consideration of the premises and of the mutual
covenants and obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties
agree as follows:

                  1.       Voting Matters.  (a)  At each annual meeting of
the shareholders of the Corporation, at each special meeting of
the shareholders of the Corporation called for the purpose of
electing directors of the Corporation and at any time at which
shareholders of the Corporation shall have the right to, or
shall, vote for directors of the Corporation, the Shareholders
shall vote all shares of Common Stock owned by them for the
election of a Board of Directors consisting of five directors,
(i) four of whom shall be Mortimer Berkowitz III, Peter W.
Gilson, Hamilton F. Potter III, John N. Irwin III or,
respectively, persons designated by the holders of the Common
Stock in such person's group (as defined below), and (ii) one of
whom shall be elected by Shareholders holding a majority of the
Common Stock and entitled to vote for the election of directors.
In the event any of Messrs. Berkowitz, Gilson, Potter or Irwin,
in each case including his group, sells or otherwise transfers
more than 50% of the shares of Common Stock held by him or his
group on the date of this Agreement, the Shareholders shall no
longer be obligated to vote in favor of such person or his
designee and the director seat shall be elected by Shareholders
holding a majority of the Common Stock.

                           (b)      A person's group shall mean (i) such
Shareholder, (ii) the spouse, immediate family and lineal
descendants of such Shareholder, (iii) a trust for the benefit of
any of the foregoing and (iv) any corporation (other than the
Corporation) or partnership controlled by such Shareholder,
members of such Shareholders immediate family and lineal
descendants or trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing.






<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                           (c)      All other matters for which a vote of
shareholders is necessary or appropriate shall be approved in the
manner set-forth in the Corporation's Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws.

                           (d)      The Bylaws of the Corporation shall include
provisions to effect the following:

                                    (i) The Board of Directors shall by majority
         vote determine appropriate compensation for Messrs.
         Berkowitz, Gilson and Potter, which.in all cases shall be
         reasonable and related to the officer's or employee's
         contribution to the Corporation.

                                    (ii)  Without the unanimous consent of the
         Board of Directors, the Corporation will not (A) pay
         aggregate annual compensation to Messrs. Berkowitz, Gilson
         and Potter and to members of such persons' group in excess
         of $2,000,000 for the twelve month period between September
         1, 1999 and August 31, 2000 and such amount as adjusted for
         any increase thereafter in the United States Consumer Price
         Index for each subsequent twelve month period, or (B) issue
         or sell Stock or any stock equivalent to employees or
         directors, or to members of such persons' group, unless at
         the same time the Corporation offers, exercisable for 10
         days, to each existing Shareholder a right to purchase such
         Stock or stock equivalent on the same terms in order to
         maintain such Shareholder's percentage interest in the
         Corporation, or (C) redeem or otherwise repurchase any
         shares of Common Stock.

                                    (iii) The Board of Directors may not form an
         executive committee without the unanimous consent of the
         Board of Directors, which consent shall specify the members
         of the proposed executive committee and limitations, if any,
         over the authority of the executive committee.

                  2.       Stock Transfer Provisions.  Each Shareholder shall
not at any time during the term of this Agreement sell, pledge or
otherwise transfer any Common Stock except:

                           (a)     by sale in accordance with Section 3, 4, 5, 7
or 10;

                           (b)     by pledge either (i) to Meridian Bank or
another senior lending institution to which all Shareholders
pledge their Common Stock in connection with indebtedness
incurred with respect to the acquisition of assets by the
Corporation on the date of this Agreement or any refinancing
thereof, or (ii) which creates a security interest in the Common
Stock; provided, that the pledge has been authorized by a
resolution of the Corporation's Board of Directors and (A) the

                                       -2-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>




pledgee agrees not to foreclose on the pledge unless the pledgee
agrees in writing to be bound by and comply with all provisions
of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were the
Shareholder making such pledge or (B) the pledgee thereof shall
agree in writing in advance with the parties hereto to be bound
by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement to the same
extent as if it were the Shareholder making such pledge; or

                           (c)      by transfer to another member of the
Shareholder's group; provided, that the transferee of such Common
Stock shall have agreed in writing with the parties hereto to be
bound by and to comply with all provisions of this Agreement.

                  3.       Procedures on Sale of Stock to Third Parties.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each Shareholder
shall not sell, pledge or otherwise transfer any Common Stock
except in accordance with the following procedures:

                           (a)     In the event any Shareholder desires to sell,
pledge or otherwise transfer any Stock, the following procedures
apply:

                                   (i)  The selling Shareholder shall deliver to
         the non-selling Shareholders and the Corporation a written
         notice, which shall be irrevocable for a period of 45 days
         after delivery, offering all or any portion of the Common
         Stock owned by the selling Shareholder at the purchase price
         and on the terms specified in the written notice.  The non-
         selling Shareholders shall have the first right and option,
         for a period of 30 days after delivery of such written
         notice, to purchase on a pro rata basis with all other
         Shareholders so electing, any or all of the shares of Common
         Stock so offered at the purchase price and on the terms
         specified in the notice.  Such acceptance shall be made by
         delivering a written notice to the selling Shareholder
         within such 30-day period.

                                    (ii)  In the event the other Shareholders
         shall fail to accept in whole or part the offer, then upon
         the earlier of the expiration of such 30-day period or upon
         the receipt of a written rejection of such offer from all
         nonselling Shareholders, the Corporation shall have the
         second right and option, until 15 days after the expiration
         of the 30-day period, to purchase any shares of Common Stock
         offered but not purchased by the non-selling Shareholders at
         the purchase price and on the terms specified in the notice.
         Such acceptance shall be made by delivering a written notice
         to the selling Shareholder within the 15-day period.

                                    (iii)  If the non-selling Shareholders and
         the Corporation do not elect to purchase in the aggregate
         all of the offered Common Stock, then the selling

                                       -3-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



         Shareholder may sell all or any part of the remaining Common
         Stock so offered for sale at a price not less than the
         price, and on terms not more favorable to the purchaser than
         the terms, stated in the original written notice of
         intention to sell, at any time within 120 days after the
         expiration of the period in which the Corporation could
         elect to purchase such Common Stock.  In the event the
         remaining Common Stock is not sold by the selling
         Shareholder during such 120-day period, the right of the
         selling Shareholder to sell such remaining Common Stock
         shall expire and the obligations of this Section 3 shall be
         reinstated.

                           (b)      Any proposed sale of Common Stock by a
selling Shareholder shall be void unless (i) any purchaser of
Stock who is not a Shareholder shall agree in writing to be bound
by and comply with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) the
Board of Directors has concluded in good faith that any purchaser
of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 3 is not a competitor of
the Corporation and that such purchaser's holding Common Stock
would not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation's
operations or business or its ability to sell its Common Stock in
a public offering.

                  4.       Forced Sales.  If the Board of Directors of the
Corporation and Shareholders holding a majority of the Common
Stock approve the sale of all of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock to an unaffiliated third party for cash or other
consideration, the Corporation shall give each Shareholder notice
of the proposed sale containing all of the material terms and
conditions of such sale.  Each Shareholder shall sell all of such
Shareholder's shares of Common Stock pursuant to such sale at the
same price and on the same terms and conditions described in the
notice.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall not
approve any offer to purchase the Common Stock unless such offer
entitles all of the Shareholders to receive the same form and
amount of consideration per share for all shares of Common Stock.

                  5.       Right of Co-Sale.  In the event any Shareholder
receives an offer from any person other than a person in such
Shareholder's group to purchase Common Stock owned by such
Shareholder, for a specified price payable in cash or otherwise
and on specified terms and conditions, such Shareholder shall
promptly forward a copy of the offer to the other Shareholders.
Such Shareholder shall not sell any Common Stock to the offeror
unless the terms of the offer are extended to the other
Shareholders on a pro rata basis.

                  6.       Prohibition on Certain Sales.  (a)  Each of
Messrs. Berkowitz, Gilson and Potter agree not to sell shares of
Common Stock if such sale would result in a default under the
Corporation's 9% and 13% Subordinated Notes issued in connection

                                       -4-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



with the acquisition by the Corporation on the date of this
Agreement and any attempted sale in violation of this provision
shall be void.  If any of such persons attempts to violate this
provision, the Corporation shall have the right to require the
person creating the default to purchase the defaulted notes at
their face value from the Corporation or the holders of such
notes.

                           (b)      Each of the Shareholders agrees not to sell
shares of Common Stock if such sale would cause the Corporation
to become required to redeem the Corporation's 10% Preferred
Stock, Series A or Series B, prior to its scheduled redemption
date.  If any Shareholder attempts to violate this provision, the
corporation shall have the right to require the person creating
the early mandatory redemption condition to purchase the 10%
Preferred Stock at its stated value from the Corporation or the
holders thereof and to waive any right to redemption prior to the
stated redemption date.

                  7.       Pledge.  Each Shareholder agrees to pledge such
Shareholder's shares of Stock pursuant to the pledge agreement,
of even date herewith, in favor of Meridian Bank, a Pennsylvania
banking corporation, or at the request of the Corporation, to any
other person to which all Shareholders pledge their shares in
connection with the refinancing of any senior indebtedness in the
form attached as Annex A to this Agreement.

                  8.       Purchase Limitations.  Each Shareholder agrees
that, without the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of
the Corporation, such Shareholder, together with members of such
Shareholder's group, shall not purchase or otherwise acquire
shares of Common Stock in an amount that, together with the
shares of Common Stock owned by such Shareholder and such
Shareholder's group, would exceed 45% of the Common Stock
outstanding at the time of purchase.  For the purpose of this
Section only, a Shareholder's group shall have the following
meaning:

                           (i)  in the case of any Shareholder who is an
         individual, (A) such Shareholder, (B) the spouse, immediate
         family and lineal descendants of such Shareholder, (C) a
         trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing and (D) any
         corporation (other than the Corporation) or partnership
         controlled by such Shareholder, members of such
         Shareholder's immediate family and lineal descendants or
         trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing;

                           (ii)  in the case of any Shareholder which is a
         partnership, (A) such partnership and any of its limited or
         general partners (and any retired partners and the estate of
         any partner or retired partner), (B) any corporation or
         other business organization to which such partnership shall

                                       -5-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



         sell all or substantially all of its assets or with which it
         shall be merged and (C) any affiliate (as defined below) of
         such partnership;

                           (iii)  in the case of any Shareholder which is a
         corporation, (A) such corporation, (B) any corporation
         (other than the Corporation) or other business organization
         to which such corporation shall sell all or substantially
         all of its assets or with which it shall be merged and (C)
         any affiliate of such corporation; and

                           (iv)  in the case of any Shareholder which is a
         trust, (A) such trust, (B) the settlor and beneficiaries of
         such trust and (C) the spouse, immediate family and lineal
         descendants of such settlor and any such beneficiary.

An "affiliate" of a person shall mean a person that directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such first
person.

                  9.       Confidentiality.  Each Shareholder shall not
disclose any Confidential Information (as defined below) to
anyone, other than those of its employees, agents or consultants
(i) who needed to know the Confidential Information in order to
assist the Shareholder in evaluating whether to purchase Stock
and (ii) who agreed not to disclose the Confidential Information
to anyone and not to make use of the Confidential Information for
any purpose other than to assist the Shareholder in its
evaluation, except to the extent (x) such information has become
publicly available or the disclosure is required by law or
judicial decree or (y) in the case of Shareholders who are
directors, officers or employees of the Corporation, in the
discharge of their duties on behalf of the Corporation or as
approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Each
Shareholder shall not make use of the Confidential Information
for any purpose other than to evaluate and monitor its holdings
of Stock.  Each Shareholder and each of its employees, agents and
consultants, shall promptly return to the Corporation all copies
of all documents containing the Confidential Information upon the
earlier of (i) the Shareholder's ceasing to hold Stock or (ii)
the request of the Corporation that the Shareholder return the
Confidential Information.  "Confidential Information" means, as
the following items relate to the Corporation and its businesses
or proposed businesses, trade secrets, research and development
activities, books and records, actual or projected financial
condition, nature and location of businesses, customer lists,
vendor lists, pricing information, private processes, agreements,
data, licenses, permits, approvals, offering memoranda, business
plans and any other confidential or proprietary technical or
business information.


                                       -6-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                  10.      Registration Rights.  (a)  At any time during the
term of this Agreement if and whenever the Corporation proposes
to register any shares of its capital stock, or the capital stock
held by any Shareholder hereunder, under the Securities Act of
1933 for sale to the public (other than a registration statement
on Form S-4 or S-8, or any substitute form therefor, or filed in
connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities
solely to the Corporation's existing shareholders), the
Corporation shall give written notice to the Shareholders of its
intention to do so as soon as practicable, and in any event at
least 30 days prior to the anticipated filing date.  Upon written
request of any Shareholder, given within 15 days after the
Corporation gives such notice, to register all or a portion of
its shares of Common Stock in such offering, the Corporation will
use all reasonable efforts to cause such shares of Common Stock
to be included in the proposed registration statement on the same
terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Corporation
included therein.  The number of shares to be included in the
proposed offering may be reduced pro rata among all requesting
Shareholders and any other securityholders of the Corporation
included in such offering if and to the extent that the managing
underwriter of such offering is of the opinion that such
inclusion could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the
marketing of the shares to be sold by the Corporation.  Any
Shareholder may exercise its option under this provision on five
occasions.

                           (b)     In connection with any registration statement
described in clause (a) above, the Corporation shall pay the
following expenses incurred in connection with such registration:
(i) all registration and filing fees, (ii) fees and expenses of
compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky
qualifications of the securities to be included in such
registration statement), (iii) printing expenses, (iv) internal
expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and related
expenses of the Corporation's officers and employees performing
legal and accounting duties), (v) fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the listing of any securities to be included in
such registration statement, (vi) reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and customary fees
and expenses for independent certified public accountants
retained by the Corporation and (vii) reasonable fees and
expenses of any special experts retained by the Corporation in
connection with such registration.  The Corporation shall have no
obligation to pay any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions
attributable to the sale of any securities, or any out-of-pocket
expenses, of any of the Shareholders or their agents.

                           (c)      No Shareholder may participate in any
underwritten registration described in clause (a) unless such
Shareholder (i) agrees to sell such Shareholder's Common Stock on

                                       -7-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by
the Corporation and such other persons entitled to approve such
arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires,
powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and
other documents reasonably required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements.

                           (d)     Each Shareholder shall enter into any lock-up
or similar agreement (to the extent not inconsistent with
applicable law) restricting such party's ability to transfer any
shares of Stock not included in a registration statement of the
Corporation, or any similar security of the Corporation or any
securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities
(including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act
of 1933), for the periods prior to, during and after the
effective date of such registration statement as requested by the
managing underwriter or underwriters of such public offering;
provided, that, such periods shall not exceed 12 months in the
aggregate.

                  11.      Put Rights.  (a)  On each of the 15th through 19th
anniversaries of the date of this Agreement, any Shareholder
owning Common Stock may, by 90 days' prior written notice to the
Corporation, require the Corporation to repurchase up to 5% of
the shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time for a price
per share equal to four times the Adjusted Income Per Share (on a
fully diluted basis).  "Adjusted Income Per Share" shall mean the
operating income of the Corporation before cash compensation to
any person who is a Shareholder on August 30, 1991 for the twelve
months ending on the relevant anniversary date divided by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at such date.

                           (b)      On each of the 25th through 29th anniver-
saries of the date of this Agreement, any Shareholder may, by 90
days' prior written notice to the Corporation, require the
Corporation to repurchase up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock
outstanding at such time for a price per share determined by
mutual agreement among the Corporation and all Shareholders
electing to require the Corporation to repurchase their shares on
such date.  If within 30 days prior to the relevant anniversary
date, no price has been determined, then each of the Corporation
and the electing Shareholders (as a group) will determine a price
per share and submit it to an investment banking firm of national
standing engaged jointly by the Corporation and the electing
Shareholders.  The investment banking firm will be instructed to
choose the one of the two prices it believes most closely
reflects the fair price per share of the Common Stock.

                           (c)      In the event a Shareholder notifies the
Corporation of its intention to exercise its right under clause
(a) or (b), the Corporation shall notify all Shareholders and all
such Shareholders notifying the Corporation within 30 days after

                                       -8-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



receipt of notice from the Corporation may also require the
Corporation to repurchase a portion of such Shareholder's Common
Stock on a pro rata basis with all other Shareholders so electing
up to the 5% amount described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

                  12.      Additional Shares of Stock.  (a)  In the event
additional shares of Stock are issued by the Corporation to a
Shareholder at any time during the term of this Agreement, either
directly or upon the exercise or exchange of securities of the
Corporation exercisable for or exchangeable into shares of Stock,
such additional shares of Stock shall, as a condition to such
issuance, become subject to the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.

                           (b)     The Corporation shall not issue any shares of
capital stock (including shares of Stock) to any person unless
the person to whom such shares of capital stock (including shares
of Stock) are issued agrees in writing simultaneously therewith
to become a party hereto and to be bound by and to comply with
all applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement.

                  13.      Legend on Stock Certificates.  Each certificate
representing shares of Stock shall bear the following legend,
until such time as the shares represented thereby are no longer
subject to the provisions hereof:

                  "THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE
                  BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN
                  REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR ANY
                  STATE SECURITIES LAWS.  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY
                  THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE
                  ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM
                  UNDER SAID ACT.  ADDITIONALLY, THE SALE, TRANSFER,
                  ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, OR ENCUMBRANCE OF THE SECURITIES
                  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE RIGHTS OF THE
                  HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITIES IN RESPECT OF THE ELECTION OF
                  DIRECTORS ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A
                  SHAREHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, DATED AUGUST 30, 1991, AMONG
                  THE ISSUER AND THE OTHER SIGNATORIES THERETO, AND NO
                  TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS
                  CERTIFICATE IN CONTRAVENTION OF SUCH AGREEMENT SHALL BE
                  VALID OR EFFECTIVE.  COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE
                  OBTAINED BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF
                  RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE
                  ISSUER."

                  14.      Securities Act Restrictions on Transfer.  (a)  The
Stock, and any shares of capital stock received in respect
thereof, whether by reason of a stock split or share reclas-
sification thereof, a stock dividend thereon or otherwise
(collectively, the "Restricted Securities"), shall not be
transferable except upon the conditions specified in this Section

                                       -9-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



14, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 in respect of the
transfer of the Restricted Securities.

                           (b)      The holder of any Restricted Securities, by
acceptance thereof agrees, prior to any transfer of any
Restricted Securities, to give written notice to the Corporation
of such holder's intention to effect such transfer and to comply
in all other respects with the provisions of this Section 14(b).
Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of
the proposed transfer and shall be accompanied by the written
opinion, addressed to the Corporation, of counsel for the holder
of such Restricted Securities, as to whether in the opinion of
such counsel (which written opinion and counsel shall be
reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Corporation) such
proposed transfer involves a transaction requiring registration
of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if in the opinion
of such counsel the proposed transfer of Restricted Securities
may be effected without registration under the Securities Act of
1933, the holder of Restricted Securities shall thereupon be
entitled to transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the
terms of the notice delivered by it to the Corporation.  Each
certificate or other instrument evidencing the securities issued
upon the transfer of any Restricted Securities (and each
certificate or other instrument evidencing any untransferred
balance of such securities) shall bear the legend set forth in
Section 14 unless in the opinion of such counsel registration of
future transfer is not required by the applicable provisions of
the Securities Act.  For the purposes of this Section 14, the
term "transfer" shall include any assignment, pledge, sale or
other disposition of securities which would constitute a sale
under the Securities Act of 1933.

                  15.      Term and Termination.  This Agreement shall
terminate (a) with respect to all of the Shareholders, on the
earlier of (i) the thirtieth anniversary hereof, except that the
voting provisions shall terminate on the tenth anniversary
hereof, in each case unless otherwise extended in accordance with
applicable law, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Corporation and the distribution of the net
proceeds thereof to its shareholders, (iii) the sale at any time
by the Corporation or the Shareholders of 20% or more of the then
outstanding Stock of the Corporation pursuant to a firm
underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act
of 1933 or (iv) the merger of the Corporation with another entity
in which the Corporation is not the surviving entity or the
Shareholders do not own at least a majority of the common stock
of the surviving entity and (b) with respect to any Shareholder,
at the time such party ceases to own beneficially or of record
any Stock (other than by reason of a breach of this Agreement).
Upon termination pursuant to clause (a) hereof, no party hereto

                                      -10-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



shall have any right or obligation hereunder in respect of any
other party hereto, except for breaches prior to such
termination.  Upon termination pursuant to clause (b) hereof, no
party who shall remain as a Shareholder shall have any obligation
to a party who ceases to hold any Stock with respect to the
subject matter of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this
Agreement is terminated because of the event described in clause
(a)(iii), the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement for a period of ten years.

                  16.      Miscellaneous.

                           (a)     Severability.  If any provision of this
Agreement shall be determined to be illegal and unenforceable by
any court of law, the remaining provisions shall be severable and
enforceable in accordance with their terms.

                           (b)     Headings.  Descriptive headings are for
convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
construction of any provision of this Agreement.

                           (c)     Notices.  All notices or other communications
which are required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and
sufficient if delivered personally or sent by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,
addressed to a Shareholder, to such Shareholder's address set
forth on Schedule 1 hereto; and if to the Corporation, to the
Corporation at Route 230 and Eby-Chiques Road, Landisville,
Pennsylvania 17538, Attention: President, or to such other
address as the party to whom notice is to be given may have
furnished to the other party in writing in accordance herewith.
If mailed as aforesaid, any such communication shall be deemed to
have been given on the third business day following that on which
the piece of mail containing such communication is posted.

                           (d)     Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof
shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such
counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement.

                           (e)      Assignment.  This Agreement shall not be
assignable by either party without the consent of the other
party.

                           (f)      Modification.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be
modified, changed, discharged or terminated except by an
instrument in writing signed by Shareholders holding 90% or more
of the outstanding Common Stock; provided, that no modification
or amendment shall discriminate against any holder or holders.


                                      -11-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                           (g)      Additional Actions.  Each Shareholder agrees
that the Corporation's Board of Directors and officers may take
any additional corporate action necessary to make effective the
provisions hereof, including (without limitation) filing any
amendments to the Corporation's charter and other constitutive
documents, and hereby appoints the Corporation's Secretary its
attorney-in-fact for the execution of all such documents,
consents and approvals and (ii) that it will vote its shares to
approve any such action.

                           (h)      Remedies.  In the event of a breach or
threatened breach by a Shareholder of the provisions of Sections
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 or 9, the Corporation or any holders of a
majority of the outstanding Stock shall be entitled to an
injunction restraining such Shareholder from such breach or
compelling compliance with such provision.  Nothing contained
herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Corporation or any
Shareholder from pursuing any other remedies available at law or
equity for such breach or threatened breach of this Agreement.

                           (i)      CHOICE OF LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT CORPORATE MATTERS ARE
REQUIRED TO BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed
this Agreement on the date first above written.

                                            PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.


                                            By:      /s/ Peter W. Gilson
                                               --------------------------
                                                        Peter W. Gilson
                                                          President



                                            SHAREHOLDERS:


                                                      /s/ Peter W. Gilson
                                               --------------------------
                                                    Peter W. Gilson


                                                      /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
                                               --------------------------
                                                    Hamilton F. Potter III




                                      -12-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                            HILLSIDE INDUSTRIES INCORPORATED


                                            By:     /s/ John N. Irwin III
                                               --------------------------------
                                                Title:  Managing Director


                                                    /s/ John N. Irwin III
                                               --------------------------------
                                                     John N. Irwin III

                                                   
                                                  /s/ Jeanet H. Irwin
                                               --------------------------------
                                                     Jeanet H. Irwin


                                            TRUST, DATED JANUARY 30, 1987, FOR
                                            THE BENEFIT OF ONE OR MORE OF THE
                                            CHILDREN OF JOHN N. IRWIN III


                                            By: /s/ Herbert H. Chaice
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Herbert H. Chaice, Co-Trustee


                                            UNITED STATES TRUST COMPANY OF
                                            NEW YORK, Co-Trustee


                                            By: /s/ Robert Y. Simmons
                                               --------------------------------
                                               Title:  Vice President


                                                  /s/ Hamilton F. Potter, Jr.
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  Hamilton F. Potter, Jr.


                                                 /s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                               --------------------------------
                                                  Mortimer Berkowitz III


                                                /s/ George Doubleday II
                                               --------------------------------
                                                    George Doubleday II


                                                /s/ Neil Mellen
                                               --------------------------------
                                                      Neil Mellen


                                                /s/ Francis Goelet
                                               --------------------------------
                                                      Francis Goelet

                                      -13-
<PAGE>




<PAGE>
             THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AGREEMENT

                  THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN
AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") made and entered into this __ day of
March, 1995, by and among PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware corporation, SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a California
corporation (and the surviving corporation as a result of the
merger of PSS Investment with and into SAG), and MERIDIAN BANK, a
Pennsylvania-chartered bank.

                                   BACKGROUND

                  A.       The Lender and the Borrowers entered into a
certain Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated August 12, 1993
(which was amended by an Amendment No. 1 between Lender and
Borrowers dated February 25, 1994 and Amendment No. 2 between
Lender and Borrowers dated May 19, 1994) (the "Loan Agreement"),
pursuant to which the Lender agreed to make certain credit
facilities available to the Borrowers, on the terms and subject
to the conditions therein set forth.

                  B.       The Borrowers and the Lender desire to modify and
amend the Loan Agreement to reflect a term loan which the Lender
is making to the Borrowers in addition to the credit facilities
provided under the Loan Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises
contained herein and intending to be legally bound, the parties
hereto covenant and agree as set forth below.

                  1.       Defined Terms.  Any capitalized terms used in this
Amendment which are not defined, but which are defined in the
Loan Agreement, shall have the meanings given to those terms in
the Loan Agreement.

                  2.       New Defined Terms.  The following definitions are
hereby added to the provisions of Section 1.2 of the Loan
Agreement and shall read in their entirety as follows:

                           "1995 Term Note" shall mean the Term Note dated
                  March 24, 1995 executed by the Borrowers and payable to
                  the order of the Lender in the original principal
                  amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000),
                  together with any future amendments, restatements,
                  modifications or supplements thereof or thereto.

                           "1995 Term Loan" shall mean the $200,000 term loan
                  made by the Lender to the Borrowers and evidenced by
                  the 1995 Term Note, together with any future
                  amendments, restatements, modifications or supplements
                  thereof or thereto.

                  3.       Amendment to Existing Definitions.  The following
definitions set forth in Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement are





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



hereby modified, amended, and restated to read in their entirety
as follows:

                           "Notes" shall mean, collectively,
                  (i) the promissory note described in subsection 2.2
                  hereof; (ii) the Line of Credit Note; and (iii) the
                  1995 Term Note; and any future amendments,
                  modifications and restatements thereof or supplements
                  thereto.

                           "Loan Documents" shall mean, collectively, this
                  Agreement, the Assignments, the Notes, the Security
                  Documents and all other documents executed and
                  delivered to the Lender by or on behalf of either
                  Borrower or any Surety in connection therewith and in
                  connection with any modifications, amendments,
                  restatements, substitutions and replacements of or for
                  any' of the foregoing.

                  4.  Amended Definitions. (a) Whenever the defined
term "Note" is used in the Loan Agreement, such term shall be
deemed to mean "Notes" as defined in the Loan Agreement.

                  (b) Whenever the defined term "Obligations" is used in
any of the Loan Documents, such term shall be deemed to include
the "1995 Term Loan" as defined in the Loan Agreement.

                  5.       Unused Facility Fee. On each April 30, July 30,
October 30, and January 30, the Borrowers shall pay to the Lender
an unused facility fee equal to the product of (i) 0.25% and (ii)
$400,000 minus the average daily outstanding balance under the
Line of Credit Loan during the preceding calendar quarter.
Lender shall calculate such fee and furnish the Borrowers with a
copy of such calculation and the fee that is due on or before
each April 20, July 20, October 20 and January 20.

                  6.       Postponement of Principal Payments.  The monthly
payments of principal due March 1, 1995 and April 1, 1995 under
the promissory note of Borrowers dated August 12, 1993 in the
original principal amount of $8,000,000 and payable to the order
of Lender are postponed until the maturity of such note on August
31, 1998, at which time such principal payments shall be due and
payable.

                  7.       Dividends.  PSS shall not pay the cash dividends
due on the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock
of PSS due in February 1995.  PSS may pay stock dividends on its
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B
Preferred Stock in lieu of such cash dividends.

                  8.       Financial Covenants.  The Borrowers agree to
negotiate with Lender reasonably appropriate changes to the

                                       -2-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



financial covenants contained in subsections 5.11, 5.12, 5.13 and
5.14 to reflect the changes in the Borrowers' accounting
practices.  Lender and Borrower will negotiate such changes in
good faith in an effort to complete such negotiations by April
30, 1995.  The changes in such financial covenants shall be
evidenced by a letter setting forth such new financial covenants
signed by the Lender and the Borrowers.

                  9.       Representations and Warranties.  As a material
inducement for the Lender to enter into this Amendment, the
Borrowers jointly and severally make the following
representations and warranties to the Lender and acknowledge the
Lander's justifiable reliance thereon:

                           (a)      No Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing.

                           (b)      Except as has otherwise been disclosed in
writing to the Lender on or before the date hereof, all
representations and warranties previously made to the Lender by
the Borrowers remain true, accurate, and complete in all material
respects as of the date hereof, except that the capital stock of
PSS Investment has been cancelled in connection with the merger
of PSS Investment into SAG.

                           (c)      The Loan Agreement, as modified and amended
herein, is the valid and binding obligation of the Borrowers and
is fully enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

                  10.      Binding Effect.  This Amendment shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender, the Borrowers,
and their respective successors and assigns subject, however, to
the restrictions set forth in Section 8.7 of the Loan Agreement.

                  11.      Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the domestic, internal laws
(but not the law of conflict of laws) of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania.

                  12.      Costs and Expenses.  Without limiting the
generality of the provisions of Sections 8.3 and 8.4 of the Loan
Agreement, the Borrowers shall reimburse the Lender for its out-
of-pocket expenses, including counsel fees, incurred by the
Lender in connection with the development, preparation, and
negotiation of this Amendment and the documents executed in
connection herewith.

                  13.      Ratification.  Except as expressly modified and
amended herein, the Loan Agreement is hereby ratified and
affirmed.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this

                                       -3-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers
as of the day and year first above written.



                                             PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC., a
                                             Delaware Corporation

                                                /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
                                             By________________________________
                                               Hamilton F. Potter III,
                                               Executive Vice President

                                                      /s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                              Attest:___________________________
                                                     Secretary


                                              SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a
                                              California corporation (the
                                              surviving corporation as a result
                                              of the merger of PSS INVESTMENT,
                                              INC. with and into SPRING
                                              ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC.)

                                                  /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
                                              By________________________________
                                                Hamilton F. Potter III,
                                                Vice President

                                                     /s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                              Attest:___________________________
                                                     Assistant Secretary


                                              MERIDIAN BANK, a Pennsylvania
                                              banking corporation

                                                 /s/  Randall M. Johnston
                                              By________________________________
                                                Randall M. Johnston,
                                                Assistant Vice President





                                       -4-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                               CONSENT AND JOINDER

                  The undersigned corporations are Sureties for the
prompt payment and performance of all of the Obligations pursuant
to the terms and conditions of the Suretyship and, as a material
inducement for the Lender to execute and deliver the foregoing
Amendment, hereby:

                           (i) consent to and approve of the terms and
conditions of the Amendment;

                           (ii)     recognize, acknowledge, covenant, and agree
that all of the Borrowers' duties, obligations, and liabilities
under or in connection with the 1995 Term Note and the 1995 Term
Loan are assured by the Suretyship in accordance with the
provisions thereof; and

                           (iii) ratify and affirm each of their duties,
obligations, and liabilities under the Suretyship.

Any capitalized terms used in this Consent and Joinder shall have
the meanings given to those terms in the Loan Agreement referred
to in the foregoing Amendment.  Each of the undersigned has
executed this Consent and Joinder intending to be legally bound.

Dated: March 24, 1995
                              INDEPENDENT ANESTHESIA IPA OF
                                             ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
                                             Corporation

                                                 /s/  Hamilton F. Potter III
                                              By________________________________
                                                Hamilton F. Potter III,
                                                Vice President

                                                     /s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                              Attest:___________________________
                                                     Assistant Secretary

                                              INDEPENDENT ANESTHESIA IPA OF
                                              CALIFORNIA, INC., a California
                                              corporation

                                                 /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
                                              By________________________________
                                                Hamilton F. Potter III,
                                                Vice President

                                                     /s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                              Attest:___________________________
                                                     Assistant Secretary


                                       -5-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF LANCASTER                                  :

                  On this 24th day of March, 1995, before me, a notary
public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F.
Potter, III, who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President of
INDEPENDENT ANESTHESIA IPA OF ARIZONA, INC., an Arizona
corporation, and that he as such officer, being authorized to do
so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein
contained by signing the name of the corporation by himself as
such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.

                                               /s/ Mary Jo Plank
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public




COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF LANCASTER                                  :

                  On this 24th day of March, 1995, before me, a notary
public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F.
Potter, III, who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President of
INDEPENDENT ANESTHESIA IPA OF CALIFORNIA, INC., a California
corporation, and that he as such officer, being authorized to do
so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein
contained by signing the name of the corporation by himself as
such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.

                                               /s/ Mary Jo Plank
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public



                                       -6-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF LANCASTER                                  :

         On this 24th day of March, 1995, before me, a notary public,
the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F. Potter,
III, who acknowledged himself to be the Executive Vice President
of PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and
that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed the
foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official
seal.

                                               /s/ Mary Jo Plank
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public




COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF LANCASTER                                  :

                  On this 24th day of March, 1995, before me, a notary
public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F.
Potter, III, who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President of
SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a California corporation (the
surviving corporation as a result of the merger of PSS
INVESTMENT, INC. with and into SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC.),
and that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.

                                               /s/ Mary Jo Plank
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public





                                       -7-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF LANCASTER                                  :

                  On this 24th day of March, 1995, before me, a notary
Public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Randall M.
Johnston who acknowledged himself to be an Assistant Vice
President of MERIDIAN BANK, a Pennsylvania banking corporation
and that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.

                                               /s/ Leigh A. Hershey
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Notary Public













                                       -8-
<PAGE>




<PAGE>
THIS LINE OF CREDIT NOTE AMENDS AND RESTATES, EFFECTIVE AS OF
DECEMBER 15, 1995, THAT CERTAIN LINE OF CREDIT NOTE DATED
FEBRUARY 19, 1993 IN THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND
DOLLARS ($200,000) EXECUTED BY PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.
AND PAYABLE TO THE ORDER OF MERIDIAN BANK, BUT SHALL NOT RELEASE
OR DISCHARGE PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC. FROM ANY ACCRUED
DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS, OR LIABILITIES UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH
SUCH LINE OF CREDIT NOTE.



                                     AMENDED AND RESTATED LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

                                                         February 19, 1993,
                                                         as amended through
$600,000                                                 December 15, 1995


                  FOR VALUE RECEIVED, PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware Corporation and SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a
California corporation (collectively, the "Maker"), jointly and
severally promise to pay to the order of Meridian Bank, ("Payee")
at its address at 51 South Duke Street, Lancaster, Pennsylvania
17602 or at such other place as Payee may from time to time
designate in writing, the principal sum of Six Hundred Thousand
Dollars ($600,000) or such greater or lesser amount as shall be
shown on the records of Payee as the unpaid principal balance of
this Note, in lawful money of the United States of America, (a)
within fifteen (15) days after demand and (b) immediately and
automatically upon any Event of Default as defined and described
in Paragraphs 7.1(e) or 7.1(f) of the Loan Agreement (as
hereinafter defined), on the terms and conditions described
below.

                  1.       Interest. (a) Payment.  Maker also promises to pay
interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note at an
annual rate equal to Payee's National Commercial Rate as
hereinafter defined plus one percent (1.0%). Accrued interest
shall be payable monthly commencing April 1, 1993 and continuing
on the first day of each month thereafter until the principal
amount of, and all accrued interest on, this Note have been paid
in full and all credit availability under this Note has expired
or been terminated.  The interest rate provided in this Note
shall apply to the indebtedness evidenced hereby before, on and
after the date or dates on which Payee enters judgment on this
Note.

                           (b) National Commercial Rate.  "National
Commercial Rate" means a floating annual rate of interest that is
designated from time to time by Payee as the "National Commercial
Rate" and is used by Payee as a reference base with respect to
different interest rates charged to borrowers generally.  The
interest rate payable hereunder shall change simultaneously with
and automatically upon Payee's designation of any change in such





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



reference rate.  Payee's determination and designation from time
to time of the reference rate shall not in any way preclude Payee
from making loans to other borrowers at a rate which is higher or
lower than or different from the reference rate.

                  2.       Maximum Legal Rate.  Maker shall not be obligated
to pay and Payee shall not collect interest at a rate in excess
of the maximum permitted by law or the maximum that will not
subject Payee to any civil or criminal penalties.  If, because of
the acceleration of maturity, the payment of interest in advance
or any other reason, Maker is required, under the provisions of
any Loan Document (as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to
below), or otherwise, to pay interest at a rate in excess of such
maximum rate, the rate of interest under such provisions shall
immediately and automatically be reduced to such maximum rate,
and any payment made in excess of such maximum rate, together
with interest thereon at the rate provided herein from the date
of such payment, shall be immediately and automatically applied
to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note as
of the date on which such excess payment was made.  If the amount
to be so applied to reduction of the unpaid principal balance
exceeds the unpaid principal balance, the amount of such excess
shall be refunded by Payee to Maker.

                  3.       Interest Computation.  Interest shall be computed
on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days
elapsed (365 or 366/360, as the case may be).

                  4.       Late Charges.  Maker shall pay to Payee a monthly
late charge imposed by Payee for any payment of principal and/or
interest received by Payee after the fifteenth day of any month,
in an amount equal to two percent (2.0%) of any overdue amount.

                  5.       Application of Payments.  All payments shall be
applied first to the payment in full of any costs incurred in the
collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without
limitation) reasonable attorneys' fees, then to the payment in
full of any late charges, then to the payment in full of accrued,
unpaid interest and finally to the reduction of the unpaid
principal balance of this Note.

                  6.       Loan Agreement.  This Note is the Line of Credit
Note referred to in the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated
August 12, 1993, as amended on February 25, 1994, on May 19,
1994, on March 19, 1995, on September 13, 1995, and on December
15, 1995 between Maker and Payee (as that Loan Agreement may be
amended from time to time, the "Loan Agreement") and evidences
the Maker's obligations under the Line of Credit Loan described
in the Payee's commitment letter dated December 15, 1995.  This
Note is issued subject to the terms and conditions of the Loan
Agreement and is entitled to all the benefits contained in, and
security referred to in, the Loan Agreement.  Prior to the

                                       -2-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



occurrence of an Event of Default or Payee making a demand for
payment hereunder, Maker may borrow, repay and reborrow under the
Line of Credit Loan.  Any capitalized terms used herein which are
not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the
Loan Agreement.

                  7.       Security.  This Note is secured, and payment
hereof is assured, by the Security Documents.

This Note is issued subject to the terms and conditions of, and
is entitled to all the rights, remedies and benefits contained
in, the Loan Agreement, the Security Documents, and all other
documents and instruments regarding this Note executed pursuant
to the Loan Agreement.  All of the Notes shall be secured on a
pari passu basis by the Security Documents.

                  8.       Payee's Lien.  Maker also grants Payee, as further
security for payment of this Note, a lien upon and security
interest in any deposit or other account of Maker with Payee and
any other debts which Payee may owe to Maker from time to time.

                  9.       Default:  Rights, Remedies.  Upon the occurrence
of an Event of Default as defined in the Loan Agreement and so
long as the Event of Default shall continue unwaived by Payee:

                           (a)      Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default
         described in Paragraphs 7.1(e) or 7.1(f) of the Loan
         Agreement, the credit availability evidenced by this Note
         shall immediately and automatically terminate, and
         thereafter the Payee shall have no obligation to make any
         advances thereunder.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
         Default as described in Paragraphs 7.1(a) through 7.1(4) or
         7.1(g) through 7.1(k) of the Loan Agreement, the Payee may,
         by written notice to Maker, terminate all credit
         availability evidenced by this Note, and thereafter Payee
         shall have no obligation to make any advances thereunder.

                           (b)      Payee may exercise any of its rights and
         remedies set forth in the Loan Agreement, the Security
         Documents, and all other documents and instruments regarding
         this Note executed pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

                           THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH SETS FORTH A WARRANT OF
         ATTORNEY TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST THE MAKER.  IN GRANTING
         THIS WARRANT OF ATTORNEY TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST THE
         MAKER, THE MAKER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY AND
         VOLUNTARILY, AND, ON THE ADVICE OF SEPARATE COUNSEL OF THE
         MAKER, UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THE MAKER
         HAS OR MAY HAVE TO PRIOR NOTICE AND AN OPPORTUNITY FOR
         HEARING UNDER THE RESPECTIVE CONSTITUTIONS AND LAWS OF THE
         UNITED STATES AND THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA.


                                       -3-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                          (c)      Maker authorizes and empowers any attorney of
         any court of record of Pennsylvania or elsewhere to appear
         for and enter judgment against it for the then unpaid
         principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued
         unpaid interest and late charges, costs of suit and
         reasonable attorneys' fees, with or without declaration or
         stay of execution, and with release of errors, for which
         this Note or a copy hereof shall serve as a sufficient
         warrant.  This power to enter judgment against Maker shall
         not be exhausted by any exercise of the power and shall
         continue from time to time and at all times until full
         payment of all amounts due under this Note.

                          (d)      The remedies of Payee shall be cumulative and
         concurrent, and may be pursued singly, successively, or
         together, at its sole discretion, and may be exercised as
         often as the occasion therefore shall occur; and the failure
         to exercise any such right or remedy shall in no event be
         construed as a waiver or release thereof.

                  10.      Joint and Several Obligation.  All references
herein to the "Maker" shall be deemed to refer to each and every
person defined herein as the "Maker" individually, and to all of
them, collectively, jointly and severally, as though each were
named whenever the term "Maker" is used, and this Note shall be a
joint and several obligation of all of them.

                  11.      Waivers.  Maker and all guarantors of and sureties
for this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of
dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to this
Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings
instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, or of the Loan
Agreement, or any of the Loan Documents, and all benefit that
might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws
exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the
proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from
attachment, levy, or sale under execution, or providing for any
stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of
time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may
be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof,
on any writ of execution issued thereon, may be sold upon any
such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.

                  12.      Unconditional Liability.  Maker and all endorsers,
sureties and guarantors hereby jointly and severally waive all
other notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance,
performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note,
and they agree that the liability of each of them shall be
unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other
party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence,
extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or
consented to by Payee, and consent to any and all extensions of

                                       -4-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by
Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this
Note, and to the release of any part of any collateral, with or
without substitution, and agree that additional makers,
endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto
without notice to them or affecting their liability hereunder.

                  13.      Construction.  This Note shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the domestic, internal law, but not
the law of conflict of laws, of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

                  14.      Severability. Any provision contained in this Note
which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall,
as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the
remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                  15.      Successors, Heirs and Assigns.  The provisions of
this Note shall bind and inure to the benefit of Maker and Payee
and their respective successors, heirs, personal representatives
and permitted assigns.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker, intending to be legally
bound hereby, has caused this Amended and Restated Note to be
duly executed by its authorized officers this December l6, 1995.

                                   PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.

                                   By       /s/ Hamilton F. Potter, III
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Executive Vice President

                                            Attest:/s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                                   ----------------------------
                                                   Secretary

                                            SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a
                                            California corporation (the
                                            surviving corporation as a result
                                            of the merger of PSS/INVESTMENT,
                                            INC. with and into SPRING
                                            ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC.)

                                   By       /s/ Hamilton F. Potter, III
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Vice President

                                            Attest:/s/ Mortimer Berkowitz III
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                   Assistant Secretary


                                       -5-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Accepted by Meridian Bank, as Payee, this December 16, 1995.


                                            MERIDIAN BANK

                                    By       /s/ Randall M. Johnston
                                            -----------------------------------
                                             Assistant Vice President


                                       -6-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF                                            :

                  On this 18th day of December, 1995, before me, a notary
public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F.
Potter, III, who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President of
PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, and that
he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed the
foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.


                                                     /s/ Alice J. Walker
                                                     ---------------------------
                                                     Notary Public




COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA                         :
                                                     :ss.
COUNTY OF                                            :

                  On this 18th day of December, 1995, before me, a notary
public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Hamilton F.
Potter, III, who acknowledged himself to be the Vice President of
SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC., a California corporation (the
surviving corporation as a result of the merger of PSS
INVESTMENT, INC. with and into SPRING ANESTHESIA GROUP, INC.,)
and that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed
the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by
signing the name of the corporation by himself as such officer.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
official seal.



                                                /s/ Alice J. Walker
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Notary Public






















                                                      -7-

<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                  AGREEMENT   dated  as  of  December  18,  1995  among  Medical
Management  Sciences,  Inc., a Maryland  corporation  ("MMS"),  Managed Imaging,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  ("MII"),  and Physician Support Systems,  Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("PSS").

                  The parties agree as follows:

                  1.  MMS  and  PSS  hereby  terminate,  as of the  date of this
Agreement,  the Letter of Intent  dated June 2, 1995 between MMS and PSS and the
Agreement  and  Plan of  Merger  dated as of  August  1,  1995  among  PSS,  MMS
Acquisition,  Inc. and MMS. MII and PSS hereby terminate, as of the date of this
Agreement,  the  Agreement  and Plan of Merger  dated as of August 1, 1995 among
PSS, MII  Acquisition,  Inc. and MII. In connection with the termination of such
agreements,  the parties hereby release each other from any and all liabilities,
obligations or claims that any such party had, has or may have to or against any
other party arising from, by reason of or in connection with such agreements. In
addition,  MMS and PSS hereby  release  each other and any third  party from any
provision  in any  agreement to which each of MMS, PSS and such third party is a
party  that  restricts  in  any  way  such  third  party  from   negotiating  or
consummating a business combination with MMS or PSS.

                  2. PSS acknowledges that MMS is engaging in discussions with a
third  party  concerning  a possible  transaction  involving  MMS and such third
party.  In  connection  with such  possible  transaction,  PSS  shall  cause the
appropriate  officer of PSS (the "PSS  Officer") to promptly sign and deliver to
D&T  such  representation  letters  and  other  documents  (the  "Representation
Documents") regarding MMS's and MII's financial statements and condition,  as is
reasonably  requested by D&T or MMS in  connection  with D&T rendering its audit
report with respect to such financial  statements and releasing the related work
papers to MMS and such third party.

                  3. The  expenses  that have been  incurred to date  (including
expenses that will result from certain services requested by MMS and PSS but not
yet  completed)  by MMS and PSS in  connection  with the  pursuit  of a possible
business combination of MMS, MII and PSS involving an initial public offering of
common stock of the combined  entity (an "IPO  Transaction")  or the sale of the
combined entity (by merger or otherwise) to a third party (a "Sale Transaction")
shall be paid by MMS and PSS in the following manner:

                  (a) all expenses  attributable to one company shall be paid by
                  such company only, such expenses to include the following:

                           (i)      Howard,  Darby &  Levin  ("HD&L")  fees  and
                                    expenses   associated   with   PSS   pending
                                    acquisitions,  which fees and expenses shall
                                    be paid by PSS,
                           (ii)     Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP  ("D&T")  fees  and
                                    expenses   associated   with  the  financial
                                    audits on a company-by-company  basis, which
                                    fees  and  expenses  shall be paid by (x) in
                                    the case of the audit of PSS and PSS pending
                                    acquisitions, PSS and (y) in the case of the
                                    audit of MMS and MII, MMS,
                           (iii)    BPI Capital Partners, Inc. ("BPI") fees  and
                                    expenses  associated  with  a  possible  IPO
                                    Transaction and Sale  Transaction  and  with





<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                    PSS  pending  acquisitions,  which  fees and
                                    expenses shall be paid by PSS, and
                           (iv)     D&T fees and  expenses  associated  with the
                                    coding review on a company-by-company basis,
                                    which fees and expenses shall be paid by (x)
                                    in the case of the coding  review of PSS and
                                    PSS pending acquisitions, PSS and (y) in the
                                    case of the  coding  review  of MMS and MII,
                                    MMS, and

                  (b) all  other  expenses  shall  be paid 50% by MMS and 50% by
                  PSS, such expenses to include the following:

                           (i)      HD&L  fees  and  expenses  associated with a
                                    possible  IPO  Transaction  and  Sale 
                                    Transaction, and
                           (ii)     D&T  fees  and  expenses   associated   with
                                    consolidating    the   AMS   companies   and
                                    structuring a possible IPO  Transaction  and
                                    Sale Transaction.

                  Based on an estimate as of November 30, 1995, the agreement to
pay  expenses as  described  above in this  Section 3 would result in MMS paying
expenses in an aggregate  amount equal to $975,500 and PSS paying expenses in an
aggregate amount equal to $2,551,500.  In consideration  of, among other things,
PSS's incurrence of certain expenses in connection with the Sale Transaction and
the IPO Transaction, if prior to December 31, 1996 MMS or its stockholders enter
into a  definitive  agreement  to sell MMS (by merger or  otherwise)  to a third
party, promptly upon the consummation of such sale, MMS shall pay or cause to be
paid to PSS an amount in cash equal to $2,551,500.

                  4. MMS shall  indemnify  and hold harmless (i) PSS and the PSS
Officer  from  and  against  any  and  all   liabilities,   judgments,   claims,
settlements,  losses,  damages, fees, liens, taxes,  penalties,  obligations and
expenses  (including  reasonable  fees and  expenses of counsel)  (collectively,
"Losses")  incurred or suffered by PSS or the PSS Officer in connection with any
claim by a third party  (including  D&T) against PSS or the PSS Officer  arising
out of or relating to the  execution  and  delivery by PSS or the PSS Officer of
any  Representation  Document  (except to the extent that PSS or the PSS Officer
executed and delivered such  Representation  Document in bad faith) and (ii) PSS
and its  affiliates,  stockholders,  directors,  officers,  employees  and other
agents and  representatives  from and  against  any and all Losses  incurred  or
suffered by any such person arising out of or relating to the non-fulfillment by
MMS of its agreement to pay expenses as described above in Section 3.

                  PSS shall  indemnify and hold harmless MMS and its affiliates,
stockholders,    directors,   officers,   employees   and   other   agents   and
representatives  from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by any
such person  arising out of or  relating  to the  non-fulfillment  by PSS of its
agreement to pay expenses as described above in Section 3.

                  In case any claim or  litigation  which might give rise to any
obligation of a party under the indemnity and  reimbursement  provisions of this
Section 4 (each an  "Indemnifying")  shall  come to the  attention  of the party
seeking  indemnification  hereunder (the "Indemnified  Party"),  the Indemnified
Party shall promptly notify in writing the  Indemnifying  Party of the existence
and amount  thereof.  Failure to give such notice shall not prejudice the rights
of the Indemnified Party,

                                       -2-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>



except to the extent  that the  Indemnifying  Party  shall have been  materially
prejudiced  by such  failure.  The  Indemnifying  Party  shall  be  entitled  to
participate in and, if (i) in the reasonable  judgment of the Indemnified  Party
such claim can properly be resolved by money damages alone and the  Indemnifying
Party has the financial  resources to pay such damages and (ii) the Indemnifying
Party  admits that this  indemnity  fully  covers the claim or  litigation,  the
Indemnifying  Party  shall be entitled to direct the defense of any claim at its
expense,  but such  defense  shall be  conducted  by  legal  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory  to  the  Indemnified  Party.  The  Indemnifying  Party  shall  not
compromise  and settle any such claim or  litigation  without the prior  written
consent  of the  Indemnified  Party,  which  consent  shall not be  unreasonably
withheld.

                  5.  This  Agreement   constitutes  the  entire  agreement  and
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among
the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. In case at any
time  after  the date of this  Agreement  any  further  action is  necessary  or
desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the parties each agree to
take or cause to be taken all such necessary or desirable action,  including the
execution  and delivery of such further  instruments  and  documents,  as may be
reasonably  requested  by any other party for such  purposes.  No  modification,
amendment or waiver of any  provision  of this  Agreement,  shall be  effective,
unless it is in writing and signed by the parties  hereto.  All of the terms and
provisions of this  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties hereto and their respective  successors and assigns.  This Agreement
and the rights and  obligations  hereunder  shall not be assignable by any party
hereto. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York,  without  regard to conflict of laws  principles.
This Agreement may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  all of which shall
be considered one and the same agreement and shall become  effective when one or
more  counterparts  have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the
other parties.



                                       -3-




<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each of the parties to this Agreement has
caused this  Agreement to be duly  executed and delivered as of the day and year
first above written.

                                            MEDICAL MANAGEMENT SCIENCES, INC.



                                            By:      /s/ James Thacker
                                               --------------------------
                                                 Title:  Chairman


                                            MANAGED IMAGING, INC.



                                            By:      /s/ James Thacker
                                               --------------------------
                                                  Title:  Chairman


                                            PHYSICIAN SUPPORT SYSTEMS, INC.


                                            By:      /s/ Hamilton F. Potter III
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Title:  Executive Vice President































                                       -4-
<PAGE>




<PAGE>

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Physician Support Systems, Inc.
Landisville, Pennsylvania


We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 Registration Statement (relating
to 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock) of Physician Support Systems, Inc. on Form
S-1 of our report dated January 8, 1996 on the financial statements of Physician
Support Systems, Inc., our report dated December 29, 1995 on the financial
statements of North Coast Health Care Management Group, and our report dated
January 5, 1996 on the financial statements of Medical Management Support, Inc.,
appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and
to the references to us under the headings "Selected Financial Data" and
"Experts" in such Prospectus.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP


New York, New York
January 16, 1996


<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                    5
       
<S>                            <C>
<MULTIPLIER>                            1
<PERIOD-TYPE>                       9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                  SEP-30-1995
<CASH>                             18,609
<SECURITIES>                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                   5,510,532
<ALLOWANCES>                      125,000
<INVENTORY>                             0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                5,850,565
<PP&E>                          5,421,451
<DEPRECIATION>                  2,843,499
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                 21,618,054
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>           7,202,038
<BONDS>                        14,575,609
           2,382,032
                             0
<COMMON>                               16
<OTHER-SE>                     (3,429,235)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>   21,618,054
<SALES>                                 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>               14,630,988
<CGS>                                   0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                           0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                2,549,054
<LOSS-PROVISION>                   90,000
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>              1,058,598
<INCOME-PRETAX>                (1,227,406)
<INCOME-TAX>                     (285,833)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>              (941,573)
<DISCONTINUED>                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                     (941,573)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                     (713.30)
<EPS-DILUTED>                     (713.30)

        
<PAGE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission